oqapi/webgui
2
0
Fork 0
Code Issues Pull requests Projects Releases Packages Wiki Activity Actions

removing unnecessary documentation to make the distribution smaller

Browse source
This commit is contained in:
JT Smith 2005-02-12 15:12:11 +00:00
parent 3d93669497
commit 2c5d17cb67
226 changed files with 1 additions and 12122 deletions
Download patch file Download diff file Expand all files Collapse all files

416
www/extras/tinymce/changelog
View file

@ -1,416 +0,0 @@
Version 1.41 (2005-01-31)
Added new table plugin, all table code is moved into this plugin [BREAKS COMPATIBLITY].
Added new external_link_list_url/external_image_list_url options for better backend integration.
Added new file_browser_callback option for better backend integration.
Added new layout manager code into the advanced theme, contributed by SlyD.
Added new nowrap option, enables so users may change the word wraping behavior.
Added new Thai language pack contributed by Innozent.
Added obfuscated version of all plugins and themes to reduce over all startup/download time.
Added Simplified Chinese language pack contributed by cube316.
Added a updated Czech language pack thanks to Josef Klimosz.
Fixed issue where anchor elements where closed. This results in browser problems with the outputed HTML.
Fixed bug where the first return key press didn't produce a paragraph in Firefox/Mozilla.
Fixed bug in the searchreplace plugin where replace content sometimes fails in Firefox/Mozilla.
Fixed so all language packs now uses the ISO-639-2 code instead of ISO 3166-1 [BREAKS COMPATIBLITY].
Fixed some issues with the force_br_newlines option in MSIE.
Fixed bug where the backspace or delete key produced BR elements in Firefox/Mozilla.
Fixed bug issue with link and image dialogs of the default theme/simple example.
Fixed some bugs when having the editor hidden in a tab/div, contributed by Ernst de Moor.
Fixed some character issues with the Danish language packs, contributed by someone unknown.
Version 1.40 (2005-01-09)
Added a new default value for the font size drop down, if no font size where found this gets selected.
Added a auto resize window feature, this is enabled by default but can be disabled with a window argument.
Added a new print plugin, prints the current editor contents to a printer.
Added a new searchreplace plugin, adds a search, searchnext and replace button.
Fixed bug issue where buttons didn't display correctly on some Firefox installations.
Fixed issue with value and type attributes of input elements getting lost in cleanup on MSIE.
Fixed so that the getEditorInstance command is public, returns a TinyMCEControl by id.
Fixed issue where "true" and "false" string wasn't treated as booleans in TinyMCE init options.
Fixed so cursor/mousepointer allways remains a arrow in all themes when rolling over buttons.
Fixed the popup windows so they are mode "modal" in Mozilla/Firefox.
Fixed so the ask question is displayed when elements are focused with the tab key.
Fixed so the ask option works when mode option is set to exact.
Fixed issue with visualaids on tables not working correctly when the user uses the tab key in Firefox/Mozilla.
Fixed some bugs with the mceSetCSSClass class command and the element path.
Fixed a new version of the mceInsertContent command.
Fixed so the auto_cleanup_word option is disabled by default.
Removed the langs of the zoom plugin, it now uses + instead of the "zoom" word.
Version 1.391 (2005-01-04)
Fixed major spacebar bug in MSIE, spacebar was disabled.
Version 1.39 (2005-01-04)
Updated the Flash plugin with a new version, contributed by jamesw.
Added new setWindowArg function, useful if plugins are to call other plugins.
Added new save plugin, this plugin adds a save/submit form button to tinyMCE, contributed by SlyD.
Added new hilite color support, sets a background-color style on the selected text.
Added new variable replacement popup URLs, check the openWindow function documentation for details.
Added new force_p_newlines option, forces P elements on return/enter key in Mozilla/Firefox.
Added new theme_advanced_path_location, adds a element path list.
Added new theme_advanced_toolbar_align option, defaults to center.
Added new Portuguese translation contributed by José Pedro Pereira.
Added new mceSelectNode and mceSelectNodeDepth commands.
Added new add_unload_trigger option, this adds a unload triggerSave call. Enabled by default.
Added am/pm time format to the insertdatetime plugin.
Fixed font color and size attribute bug, contributed by Vincent FIACK.
Fixed className undefined bug, Firefox/Mozilla produced a console error sometimes.
Fixed so mceSetCSSClass command may be applied to all sorts of elements.
Fixed so anchor elements can be removed by setting the anchor name to nothing.
Fixed typing performance some in Firefox/Mozilla, removed some nodechange triggers.
Fixed so the zoom plugin is invisible in MSIE 5.0, since zoom isn't available in that browser.
Fixed bug with the emotions plugin in MSIE 5.0, it was opening a new window.
Fixed so contents stay within the editor if the user hits the back/forward buttons.
Fixed bug where the window.name property was set to the image name.
Fixed so anchors links within the same page are made relative when relative_urls are set to false.
Updated the advanced theme so most of the images are loaded from a tiled image, improves loading time.
Updated the Swedish language pack, contributed by Martin.
Updated the readme.txt in the advlink plugin, was some problems with the valid_elements.
Updated the default CSS for the advanced theme some, added button backgrounds to look like office2k.
Version 1.38 (2004-11-28)
Added new textarea field for form elements when debug mode is enabled, contributed by Michael Keck.
Added new spacer item support for the theme_advanced_buttons<n> options, contributed by Michael Keck.
Added new selection borders for images and hr elements, contributed by Michael Keck.
Added new advhr plugin, this plugin handles advanced settings on HR elements, contributed by Michael Keck.
Added new german language pack for the preview plugin, contributed by Michael Keck.
Added new word wrap and source formatting to the source editor, contributed by Michael Keck.
Added new updated charmap, contributed by Michael Keck.
Added new flash plugin that enabled flash movied to be handled, contributed by Michael Keck.
Added the old cut/copy/paste commands to the advanced theme, these are not visible by default.
Added new theme_advanced_buttons<N>_add_before option to advanced theme.
Added new "update" button title for a popup windows.
Added new zoom prefix language variable to the zoom plugin.
Added new entities option, that enables you to config entity code to name convertion.
Added new custom cleanup possibility to plugins.
Added new cleanup_callback option, adds the possibilty to add custom cleanup logic.
Added new Norwegian language pack, contributed by Sten Aksel Heien.
Added new Korean language pack, contributed by Setzer Gabbiani.
Fixed the layout of the color picker, contributed by Michael Keck.
Fixed so the preview plugin doesn't include the any toolsbars in preview popup window, contributed by Michael Keck.
Fixed bug where anchors elements was treated as links.
Fixed so all popup windows are modal dialogs in MSIE.
Fixed bug where the word "null" sometimes appares in HTML after cleanup in Firefox/Mozilla.
Fixed bug where form elements with missing name attributes produced errors.
Fixed some default value bugs and issues with the new advlink plugin.
Fixed the link/image dialog sizes in the SE language pack.
Fixed the content duplication bug, it seems to be fixed anyway, if not please let me know.
Fixed bug where plugin handleNodeChange extentions broke the theme function.
Version 1.37 (2004-11-12)
Added new mceResetDesignMode command that can be used when the editor is placed in tabs.
Added new updated Italian language pack thanks goes to "Fabrix Xm" for the contribtion.
Added new greek language pack thanks goes to "Jacaranda Bill" for the contribution.
Added new french language pack thanks goes to "Pat Boens" for the contribution.
Added new russian language pack thanks goes to "Roman Filippov" for the contribution.
Added new updated Dutch language pack thanks goes to Arnoud van Delden and Ernst de Moor for the contribution.
Added new convert_newlines_to_brs option, that enables newlines to be converted to br elements.
Added new custom_undo_redo_keyboard_shortcuts option, enables keyboard shortcuts to be enabled/disabled.
Added new auto_reset_designmode option, thats resets the design mode when a editor instance is focused.
Added new form reset handler, resets the contents of TinyMCE areas when the onreset event is trigged.
Added new skip_cleanup parameter to triggerSave, this parameter is optional and defaults to false.
Added new lang_underline_img language variable to all themes.
Added new title attribute to all images, enables tooltips in Mozilla and Firefox.
Added new insert and cancel CSS id's for all submit and cancel buttons.
Added new full featured example that includes all available plugins and buttons.
Added new advlink and advimage plugins to TinyMCE, these are more advanced link and image tools. Contributed by Michael Keck.
Added new parameters to insertImage and insertLink commands. Contributed by Michael Keck.
Added updated compatiblity chart, includes a matrix table thanks goes to Ernst de Moor.
Added new insert image icon contributed by Arnoud van Delden and Ernst de Moor.
Added window focus on all popup windows, contributed by Arnoud van Delden and Ernst de Moor.
Fixed some issues with the char map added some characters and removed duplicate ones, contributed by Arnoud van Delden and Ernst de Moor.
Fixed the insert row icon, rotated it 180 degrees, contributed by Arnoud van Delden and Ernst de Moor.
Fixed the visual aid icon, made it a bit darker. Contributed by Arnoud van Delden and Ernst de Moor.
Fixed some issues with entity encoding in source editor aswell as in core cleanup code.
Fixed bug where the auto import CSS feature imported invalid CSS rules with : or spaces.
Fixed bug where unnecessary entity encoding of characters was done.
Fixed the window sizes some to better function on MSIE with SP2.
Fixed some issued with the auto word cleanup feature, fixes some issued with content duplication.
Fixed bug that made the editor to throw weird error when HTML code includes <!a or <!/a> content.
Fixed bug where the style attribute was returned on images in source output even if it was disabled.
Fixed issue where the UI form elements of TinyMCE was submitted with the form submit.
Version 1.36 (2004-10-19)
Added a newly modified version of the German language pack from "krokogras".
Added auto resizing to popup windows with the same name.
Added example page for the plugin_preview_pageurl option in the preview plugin.
Fixed issue with link button auto enable/disable feature when content selection was made with the keyboard.
Fixed bug where events wasn't handled correctly in MSIE 5.5 and some 6.0 versions.
Fixed so align on images gets set as float style when the inline_styles option is enabled.
Fixed so solid border style isn't applied on elements with a border when the inline_styles option is enabled.
Fixed some issues with tables and the inline_styles option.
Fixed back button issue with MSIE, iframes was placed in browser history.
Version 1.35 (2004-10-13)
Added so that whitespace gets stripped in plugin and theme_advanced_buttons options.
Added custom plugin_preview_pageurl option to preview plugin.
Added Canadian French language packs for the new plugins, contributed by Virtuelcom.
Added new theme_advanced_blockformats option.
Added new title support to advanced theme link dialog.
Added new Ctrl+B/I/U keyboard shortcuts for Firefox.
Added Polish language pack contributed by "revyag".
Added Taiwanese language pack contributed by "Jim Kou".
Added updated German language pack contributed by "Krokogras".
Fixed some issues with ieSpell including better language support.
Fixed bug with default value in valid_elements not working in Firefox some times.
Fixed bug when focusing links without selecting any characters.
Fixed some typos in Swedish language pack.
Fixed bug with content selection and link button auto enable/disable feature.
Fixed bug issue when "theme_advanced_buttons<N>" options where left empty.
Fixed various bugs with absolute URLs.
Version 1.34 (2004-10-03)
Added new insertdatetime plugin, inserts date/time in various formats.
Added new preview plugin, previews the HTML page in a new window.
Added new zoom plugin, adds the possibility zoom the editor in MSIE.
Added new emotions plugin, adds the possibility to add smileys.
Fixed so that TinyMCE functions on MSIE 5.0 again.
Fixed so that TinyMCE functions better on Mozilla 1.3.
Fixed so that the cursor doesn't jump to the top when setting styles.
Fixed bug with STRONG and EM elements wasn't handled correctly in Firefox.
Optimized the key handling some, gives better typing performance.
Removed key down statusbar debug info.
Version 1.33 (2004-09-29)
Removed the need of loading blank.html, iframes are now created dynamicly.
Fixed bug when selecting tables, MSIE was casting errors.
Fixed bug with pluginurl variable.
Fixed bug when tinyMCE.selectedElement error was cast in Mozilla.
Added new Arabic language pack contributed by Hani Suleiman.
Added "lang_dir" support to language packs like Arabic.
Version 1.32 (2004-09-25)
Added new ieSpell plugin, only works in MSIE.
Added new "theme_advanced_buttons<N>_add" option.
Added new importPluginLanguagePack function.
Added new Danish language pack contributed by Jan Moelgaard.
Added updated German language pack contributed by Christopher Müller.
Added new any_selection to handleNodeChange callback.
Modified so link/unlink is dimmed if nothing is selected.
Fixed bug when deleting images in Firefox.
Changed the plugin location to a new plugin directory.
Renamed the "theme_plugins" option to "plugins".
Version 1.31 (2004-09-18)
Added Canadian French language pack, contributed by Virtuelcom.
Added so link/unlink buttons gets selected when user enters a link element.
Fixed URL bug when drag dropping/copy pasting images in Mozilla.
Fixed so mso style attribs don't get trimmed if auto_cleanup_word option is set to false.
Fixed bug with text alignment buttons.
Fixed bug with CSS auto import function in MSIE.
Fixed initialization bugs and issues.
Version 1.30 (2004-09-10)
Fixed bug issue where the editor was stealing focus from location bar.
Fixed bug issue with absolute aligned images lost focus when using tools.
Fixed bug #1025483, Url converting broken.
Added ability to send command values in advanced theme button list, contributed by someone helpfull.
Added new cleanup_on_startup option, to increase startup speed.
Added new inline_styles partly based on a contribution by Victor Nilsson.
Added new named anchor support.
Added custom_undo_redo_levels option.
Version 1.29 (2004-09-08)
Added new getEditorId function, to retrive the editor id of a form element.
Readded so cleanup is automaticly executed on editor startup in MSIE.
Added some various cleanup fixes for MS Word HTML.
Added new auto_cleanup_word option, enabled auto MS Word HTML cleanup on paste events.
Fixed parameter issue with insertImage function. Bug #1022863.
Fixed bug #1022874, Where the small theme had underline command on strikethrough button.
Fixed some bugs with table commands.
Fixed bug #1023204, mceRemoveControl brings back the old HTML.
Fixed bug issue with tinyMCE.selectedInstance in Mozilla.
Fixed bug issue with Mozilla not saving content.
Version 1.28 (2004-09-04)
Added new Finnish language pack thanks to Urho Konttori.
Added new rowseparator as a possible value of the theme_advanced_buttons<n> options.
Added new theme_advanced_toolbar_location option.
Added new uid variable option to valid_elements. (Generates unique IDs)
Added new "directionality" option to support languages like Arabic.
Added new character map button/window.
Added new guidelines/visual aid toggle button.
Reduced the source of the advanced theme some, and added some better comments.
Separated the default theme in to files aswell.
Removed source area size options and made source editor resizable instead.
Increased the default width and height of the source editor.
Fixed bug where image width/height default to 0x0 if these attributes wasn't defined.
Fixed some bug issues with MSIE 5.5.
Version 1.27 (2004-08-29)
Added new cleanup logic, with new options and smarter behavior.
Added new "trim_span_elements" option (removed unneeded span elements).
Added new "verify_css_classes" option (verifies so class attributes contain a valid class).
Added new "verify_html" option (enables/disabled verification of elements and attributes).
Added new value verification type to "valid_elements" option.
Added new simple wildcard support in "valid_elements" option.
Added class as a valid attribute to table elements by default.
Added so non existent classes gets removed HTML output.
Added fix for &nbsp; entities, so they get converted correctly.
Added new class select box in table dialog.
Added hr as a default valid element.
Fixed some issues with the language packs.
Fixed some weird bugs and issues with hr elements.
Fixed bug where Mozilla was casting exceptions on keypress.
Version 1.26 (2004-08-25)
Added a better way to create theme popup windows (External files).
Added new getWindowArg function, returns window arguments in theme popups.
Modified the advanced theme to adopt the new theme popup idea.
Fixed critical Mozilla bug, where the editor didn't work at all some times.
Fixed bug with auto CSS class import feature running on Firefox.
Version 1.25 (2004-08-22)
Added new format select box in advanced theme (Can be disabled).
Added new "theme_advanced_disable" option to advanced theme.
Added some new elements to default list of valid elements (Format select box elements).
Added new font face, forecolor and font size support, these are not enabled by default.
Added new "mceAddControl" command, enables users to dynamicly add editors.
Added new execInstanceCommand function, check the documentation for details.
Added new "mceSetAttribute" command.
Modified the themes so that the focus alert doesn't popup as often as before.
Modified the "mceRemoveControl" command so it can handle element id aswell as editor ids.
Fixed some bugs and issues with the new custom undo/redo logic.
Fixed weird Mozilla bug #997860.
Version 1.24 (2004-08-17)
Modified so that span with CSS classes that don't exists get removed.
Added new "custom_undo_redo" option, this option is enabled by default.
Added new "fix_content_duplication" option, that fixes some MSIE content duplication issues.
Added new "mceFocus" command, that changes focus to the specified editor instance.
Added new "mceReplaceContent" command, that enables users to replace the current selection.
Fixed so styles including spaces doesn't get listed in style selection box.
Fixed bug with form element names and exact mode in Mozilla.
Fixed so tiny_mce_src.js can be used aswell as tiny_mce.js.
Converted some of the language packs to better support unicode.
Version 1.23 (2004-07-31)
Modified the mceSetCSSClass command to address bug #997071.
Added new Hungarian language pack thanks to 2XP.
Added new callback "setupcontent_callback" check the manual for details.
Fixed bug #994506, where empty theme_plugins option generated a 404 error.
Fixed bug #999332, where image properties wasn't removed if the user deleted the image.
Version 1.22 (2004-07-19)
Fixed bug #989846, Image resize bug.
Changed so that style attribute values get converted to lowercase in MSIE.
Changed so the alignment called "middle" is "center" in table properties.
Fixed so visual aids work correctly after using the source editor.
Fixed some issues with anchor links.
Fixed so that javascript: links can be used.
Added width/height options for the advanced source editor.
Fixed bug issue with URL:s containing quotes or single quotes.
Fixed so that document_base_url can point to another domain.
Version 1.21 (2004-07-12)
Added new "theme_plugins" option, check the manuals for details.
Added new "execCommand" plugin extention possibility.
Added new "buttons<n>" config options to the advanced theme.
Added new "mceRemoveControl" command.
Added Spanish language pack thanks to "Alvaro Velasco".
Fixed first click bug.
Fixed so CSS url:s can be absolute.
Updated the FAQ regarding the Cut/Copy/Paste issue.
Version 1.20 (2004-07-05)
Fixed bug issue #983257, JS runtime error when template contains no controls.
Removed cut/copy/paste commands and icons due to security reasons in Mozilla.
Added Czech language pack, thanks goes to "Pavel Novák" for the contribution.
Fixed minor bug regarding empty attributes.
Fixed so the "extended_valid_elements" overrides previous declarations.
Version 1.19 (2004-06-28)
Fixed focus bug that appared on Linux version of Mozilla.
Fixed major bug issues with some Firefox/Firebird versions on Linux.
Fixed minor visual aid bugs on tables.
Fixed minor bugs with table commands.
Fixed scroll issue in HTML source windows on Mozilla/Linux.
Added a compatiblity chart to the manuals.
Version 1.18 (2004-06-20)
Added new option "remove_script_host".
Some minor fixes to the mceInsertContent command.
Fixed some issues with visual aids for tables.
Fixed strange focus bug in MSIE.
Updated some of the documentation.
Version 1.17 (2004-06-16)
Fixed bug, #972666 - Doesn't save edits when id != name.
Added more Italian, user manuals. Thanks goes to "Fabrix Xm".
Added Dutch language pack thanks to "Meint Post".
Modified the MSIE version of mceInsertContent command.
Version 1.16 (2004-06-14)
Added new table dialog and TinyMCE_<theme>_getInsertTableTemplate template function.
Added auto class import feature and Italian language pack thanks goes to "Lorenzo Pavani".
Added border, alignment, vspace, hspace, width, height fields to the image properties dialog in advanced theme.
Updates advanced theme help pages for Swedish and English.
Fixed some minor issues with the mceSetCSSClass command.
Fixed minor MSIE bug in built in default URL convertor.
Fixed some image alignment issues.
Fixed support for site root script paths like src="/jscripts/tiny_mce.js".
Removed the use of "TinyMCE_advanced_cssClasses" from "advanced" theme.
Modified the default value of "valid_elements" to include table align and class as valid attributes.
Modified the default value of "valid_elements" to set img border attribute to 0 by default instead of by force.
Modified so that popup windows gets centered on screen.
Version 1.15 (2004-06-09)
Added new "advanced" theme, that adds some new functions.
Added new public js functions "getContent, setContent, applyTemplate, openWindow".
Added new custom command "mceSetCSSClass", that sets css class of the selection.
Added new custom command "mceInsertContent", that inserts HTML content.
Added class attributes to some of the elements in the default value of "valid_elements".
Added ability to have theme specific language packs by the js function "importThemeLanguagePack".
Added more documentation to the usage and themes sections.
Added table support, with custom commands and in advanced theme.
Modified the advanced example to include the new advanced theme.
Fixed tooltips for buttons in Mozilla.
Version 1.14 (2004-06-07)
Added new conversion possibility to save callback.
Added some more usage documentation.
Fixed some issues will updateContent function in Mozilla.
Fixed some issues with relative paths.
Fixed small Mozilla issue with visual aids.
Fixed so that the default theme sets image border to 0.
Fixed bug #968079, Removing editor buttons in template can cause errors.
Version 1.13 (2004-06-04)
Fixed critical bug where the editor didn't work at all in MSIE.
Fixed bug where table visual aids didn't work in Mozilla.
Version 1.12 (2004-06-03)
Added updateContent function thanks to "Jürgen Baute" contribution.
Added documentation of the diffrent public javascript functions of tinyMCE.
Fixed bug #965615, Empty editor content returns "<br />" as value after cleanup.
Fixed bug where Bold and Italic didn't work correctly in Mozilla.
Version 1.11 (2004-06-01)
Added new option "document_base_url", it's used when converting absolute URLs to relative ones.
Added so that align button sets the align attribute of selected images.
Fixed bug when / was passed within query string to the editors page.
Fixed bug #961041, Image attributes are not removed.
Version 1.1 (2004-05-26)
Fixed bug #960112 JavaScript error when opening image window.
Fixed bug #926644 Multiple forms with elements having the same name failed.
Added function so that "specific_textareas" mode handles the "ask" option.
Added new option "focus_alert", to remove annoying focus alert message.
Version 1.09 (2004-05-24)
Added new option "extended_valid_elements", this option adds extra elements to the "valid_elements" list.
Fixed bug #958637, Resized images are displayed in original size
Fixed bug #958942, Bug on realitive_urls (Bug with absolute URLs to insertlink_callback, insertimage_callback callbacks)
Fixed bug #958498, Unable to change Bold and italic text in Mozilla.
Version 1.08 (2004-05-21)
Added new attributes "border, hspace, vspace, width, height, align" to the getInsertImageTemplate theme function.
Added new relative_urls option, this new feature converts all absolute URLs to relative URLs and it's on by default.
Fixed bug #956007, the CSS theme URL:s was allways pointing to the default theme.
Fixed bug where enter/return key produced a error in the insert link popup window form. (This was done in the default template)
Fixed bug #957681, Could not delete text without first adding character bug in Mozilla.
Version 1.07 (2004-05-10)
Added experimental support for option "force_br_newlines" to address bug #922416 and feature request #936270.
Fixed bug with mailto: links.
Version 1.06 (2004-04-15)
Added new German language pack. Thanks goes to "Simon Rupf" for the contribution.
Added new German/Swedish bold/italic language specific icons to both default and simple theme.
Added new Swedish documentation.
Version 1.05 (2004-04-02)
Added new Italian language pack and documentation. Thanks goes to "Fabrix Xm" for the contribution.
Fixed missing "lang_help_desc" definition in UK and SE langpacks.
Added better documentation for the "valid_elements" option and it's format.
Added new "preformatted" option to address feature request #927948.
Added browser checker so that the script don't break on non compatible browsers.
Fixed bug #926639, now the editor instance gets resized if a width/height is specified in %.
Added new simple theme, this theme has only basic functions.
Version 1.04 (2004-03-30)
Fixed bug when insertLink and insertImage function didn't use the url_convertor callback.
Fixed MSIE bug when images was 32x32 on initialization on slow connections.
Fixed bug that made request on images with wrong path, produced some 404 error in webserver logs.
Fixed MSIE bug where users could add images outside of the editor scope.
Version 1.03 (2004-03-26)
Added new "add_form_submit_trigger" this option is default and is added on all document forms within the page. To address bug #923362
Moved javascript sourcecode file to "jscripts/tiny_mce/tiny_mce_src.js".
Added new obfuscated version of tinymce to reduce size of script.
Added some performance boosting code to the switchClassSticky function.
Removed the "autosave" option, this is no longer needed and is replaced with "add_form_submit_trigger" or triggerSave call.
Fixed undo bug in MSIE.
Removed some unused eventhandlers results in better performance.
Version 1.02 (2004-03-26)
Added new handleNodeChange callback to themes.
Fixed some bugs regarding events and themes function checks.
Fixed bug issue when user focused nodes with keyboard.
Version 1.01 (2004-03-12)
Added some more documentation.
Added new "visual" option to editor.
Fixed bug on empty P elements.
Fixed bug on table width/height.
Version 1.0 (2004-03-11)
Added new "debug" option and fixed some path issues.

43
www/extras/tinymce/docs/about.htm
View file

@ -1,43 +0,0 @@
<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN">
<HTML>
<HEAD>
<TITLE>About TinyMCE</TITLE>
<link href="style.css" rel="stylesheet" type="text/css">
</HEAD>
<BODY>
<table width="100%" border="0" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="3" class="pageheader">
<tr>
<td><span class="title">About TinyMCE</span></td>
<td align="right"><a href="index.htm">TOC</a></td>
</tr>
</table>
<hr noshade>
<br>
<strong>General information</strong><br>
TinyMCE is a small WYSIWYG editor control for web browsers such as MSIE or Mozill
that enables the user to edit HTML contents in a more user friendly way. The editor
control is small but flexible and it's build for integration purposes for example
usage within systems like Intranets, CMS, LMS and so forth.<br>
<br>
TinyMCE was developed by MoxieCode Systems AB and is currently released under
the &quot;LGPL&quot; license, read the license agreement for details.<br>
<br>
<STRONG>Features</STRONG><BR>
- Easy to integrate, takes only two lines of code.<BR>
- Theme and template support.<BR>
- Easy to extend with custom code.<BR>
- Customizable HTML output. Block elements and force attributes.<BR>
- International language support (Language packs) currenly UK, Swedish, Italian, German and Dutch.<BR>
- Multiple browser support, currently Mozilla, MSIE and FireFox.<br>
<hr noshade>
<table width="100%" border="0" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="3" class="pagefooter">
<tr>
<td>Go to: <a href="index.htm">Table of contents</a></td>
<td align="right"><a href="#">Top</a></td>
</tr>
</table>
<br>
</BODY>
</HTML>

363
www/extras/tinymce/docs/compatiblity.htm
View file

@ -1,363 +0,0 @@
<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN">
<html>
<head>
<title>FAQ - Frequently Asked Questions</title>
<link href="style.css" rel="stylesheet" type="text/css">
</head>
<body>
<table class="pageheader" border="0" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="3"
width="100%">
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><span class="title">Compatiblity chart</span></td>
<td align="right"><a href="index.htm">TOC</a></td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<hr noshade="noshade">
Matrix of tested and browser and platform configurations:<br>
<br>
<table border="1" cellpadding="4" cellspacing="0">
<tbody>
<tr>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><br>
</td>
<td style="vertical-align: top; text-align: center;">Windows XP<br>
</td>
<td style="vertical-align: top; text-align: center;">Linux(Debian)<br>
</td>
<td style="vertical-align: top; text-align: center;">MacOS X 10.3<br>
</td>
<td style="vertical-align: top; text-align: center;">MacOS 9<br>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="vertical-align: top;">MSIE 6 </td>
<td style="vertical-align: top; text-align: center;"><span
style="color: rgb(0, 102, 0);"></span><sup></sup><span
style="color: rgb(0, 102, 0);">OK</span> </td>
<td style="vertical-align: top; text-align: center;"><br>
</td>
<td style="vertical-align: top; text-align: center;"><br>
</td>
<td style="vertical-align: top; text-align: center;"><br>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="vertical-align: top;">MSIE 5.5 SP2<br>
</td>
<td style="vertical-align: top; text-align: center;"><span
style="color: rgb(0, 102, 0);">OK</span></td>
<td style="vertical-align: top; text-align: center;"><br>
</td>
<td style="vertical-align: top; text-align: center;"><br>
</td>
<td style="vertical-align: top; text-align: center;"><br>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="vertical-align: top;">MSIE 5.2<br>
</td>
<td style="vertical-align: top; text-align: center;"><br>
</td>
<td style="vertical-align: top; text-align: center;"><br>
</td>
<td style="vertical-align: top; text-align: center;"><span
style="color: rgb(255, 128, 0);">TextArea</span></td>
<td style="vertical-align: top; text-align: center;"><br>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="vertical-align: top;">MSIE 5.01 SP2 </td>
<td style="vertical-align: top; text-align: center;"><span
style="color: rgb(0, 102, 0);">OK</span> <sup>(1)</sup></td>
<td style="vertical-align: top; text-align: center;"><br>
</td>
<td style="vertical-align: top; text-align: center;"><br>
</td>
<td style="vertical-align: top; text-align: center;"><br>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="vertical-align: top;">MSIE 5.0</td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><br>
</td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><br>
</td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><br>
</td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><span
style="color: rgb(255, 128, 0);">TextArea</span></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="vertical-align: top;">Netscape 7.2<br>
</td>
<td style="vertical-align: top; text-align: center;"><br>
</td>
<td style="vertical-align: top; text-align: center;"><br>
</td>
<td style="vertical-align: top; text-align: center;"><span
style="color: rgb(0, 102, 0);">OK</span></td>
<td style="vertical-align: top; text-align: center;"><br>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="vertical-align: top;">Netscape 7.1<br>
</td>
<td style="vertical-align: top; text-align: center;"><span
style="color: rgb(0, 102, 0);">OK</span></td>
<td style="vertical-align: top; text-align: center;"><br>
</td>
<td style="vertical-align: top; text-align: center;"><br>
</td>
<td style="vertical-align: top; text-align: center;"><br>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="vertical-align: top;">Netscape 7.0.2<br>
</td>
<td style="vertical-align: top; text-align: center;"><br>
</td>
<td style="vertical-align: top; text-align: center;"><br>
</td>
<td style="vertical-align: top; text-align: center;"><br>
</td>
<td style="vertical-align: top; text-align: center;"><span
style="color: rgb(255, 128, 0);">TextArea</span></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="vertical-align: top;">Mozilla 1.8<br>
</td>
<td style="vertical-align: top; text-align: center;"><span
style="color: rgb(0, 102, 0);"><br>
</span></td>
<td style="vertical-align: top; text-align: center;"><span
style="color: rgb(0, 102, 0);">OK</span></td>
<td style="vertical-align: top; text-align: center;"><br>
</td>
<td style="vertical-align: top; text-align: center;"><br>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="vertical-align: top;">Mozilla 1.7.3<br>
</td>
<td style="vertical-align: top; text-align: center;"><br>
</td>
<td style="vertical-align: top; text-align: center;"><br>
</td>
<td style="vertical-align: top; text-align: center;"><span
style="color: rgb(0, 102, 0);">OK</span></td>
<td style="vertical-align: top; text-align: center;"><br>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="vertical-align: top;">Mozilla 1.7.2<br>
</td>
<td style="vertical-align: top; text-align: center;"><span
style="color: rgb(0, 102, 0);"><br>
</span></td>
<td style="vertical-align: top; text-align: center;"><br>
</td>
<td style="vertical-align: top; text-align: center;"><br>
</td>
<td style="vertical-align: top; text-align: center;"><br>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="vertical-align: top;">Mozilla 1.7<br>
</td>
<td style="vertical-align: top; text-align: center;"><span
style="color: rgb(0, 102, 0);">OK</span></td>
<td style="vertical-align: top; text-align: center;"><span
style="color: rgb(0, 102, 0);">OK</span></td>
<td style="vertical-align: top; text-align: center;"><span
style="color: rgb(0, 102, 0);">OK</span></td>
<td style="vertical-align: top; text-align: center;"><br>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="vertical-align: top;">Mozilla 1.6<br>
</td>
<td style="vertical-align: top; text-align: center;"><span
style="color: rgb(0, 102, 0);">OK</span></td>
<td style="vertical-align: top; text-align: center;"><span
style="color: rgb(0, 102, 0);">OK</span></td>
<td style="vertical-align: top; text-align: center;"><br>
</td>
<td style="vertical-align: top; text-align: center;"><br>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="vertical-align: top;">Mozilla 1.5<br>
</td>
<td style="vertical-align: top; text-align: center;"><span
style="color: rgb(0, 102, 0);">OK</span> <sup>(2)</sup></td>
<td style="vertical-align: top; text-align: center;"><span
style="color: rgb(0, 102, 0);"><span style="color: rgb(0, 102, 0);">OK</span></span>
<sup>(2)</sup></td>
<td style="vertical-align: top; text-align: center;"><span
style="color: rgb(0, 102, 0);"><span style="color: rgb(0, 102, 0);">OK</span></span>
<sup>(2)</sup></td>
<td style="vertical-align: top; text-align: center;"><br>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="vertical-align: top;">Mozilla 1.4.1<br>
</td>
<td style="vertical-align: top; text-align: center;"><br>
</td>
<td style="vertical-align: top; text-align: center;"><span
style="color: rgb(0, 102, 0);">OK</span></td>
<td style="vertical-align: top; text-align: center;"><br>
</td>
<td style="vertical-align: top; text-align: center;"><br>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="vertical-align: top;">Mozilla 1.4<br>
</td>
<td style="vertical-align: top; text-align: center;"><span
style="color: rgb(0, 102, 0);">OK</span></td>
<td style="vertical-align: top; text-align: center;"><br>
</td>
<td style="vertical-align: top; text-align: center;"><br>
</td>
<td style="vertical-align: top; text-align: center;"><br>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="vertical-align: top;">Mozilla 1.3.1<br>
</td>
<td style="vertical-align: top; text-align: center;"><span
style="color: rgb(0, 102, 0);"><br>
</span></td>
<td style="vertical-align: top; text-align: center;"><span
style="color: rgb(0, 102, 0);">OK</span></td>
<td style="vertical-align: top; text-align: center;"><br>
</td>
<td style="vertical-align: top; text-align: center;"><span
style="color: rgb(0, 102, 0);"><span style="color: rgb(0, 102, 0);">OK</span></span>
<sup>(3)</sup></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="vertical-align: top;">Mozilla 1.3</td>
<td style="vertical-align: top; text-align: center;"><span
style="color: rgb(0, 102, 0);">OK</span></td>
<td style="vertical-align: top; text-align: center;"><br>
</td>
<td style="vertical-align: top; text-align: center;"><br>
</td>
<td style="vertical-align: top; text-align: center;"><br>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="vertical-align: top;">Firefox 1.0<br>
</td>
<td style="vertical-align: top; text-align: center;"><span
style="color: rgb(0, 102, 0);">OK</span></td>
<td style="vertical-align: top; text-align: center;"><br>
</td>
<td style="vertical-align: top; text-align: center;"><span
style="color: rgb(0, 102, 0);">OK</span> </td>
<td style="vertical-align: top; text-align: center;"><br>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="vertical-align: top;">Firefox 0.9<br>
</td>
<td style="vertical-align: top; text-align: center;"><span
style="color: rgb(0, 102, 0);">OK</span></td>
<td style="vertical-align: top; text-align: center;"><span
style="color: rgb(0, 102, 0);">OK</span></td>
<td style="vertical-align: top; text-align: center;"><br>
</td>
<td style="vertical-align: top; text-align: center;"><br>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="vertical-align: top;">Firefox 0.8<br>
</td>
<td style="vertical-align: top; text-align: center;"><span
style="color: rgb(0, 102, 0);">OK</span></td>
<td style="vertical-align: top; text-align: center;"><span
style="color: rgb(0, 102, 0);">OK</span></td>
<td style="vertical-align: top; text-align: center;"><br>
</td>
<td style="vertical-align: top; text-align: center;"><br>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="vertical-align: top;">Firebird 0.7<br>
</td>
<td style="vertical-align: top; text-align: center;"><span
style="color: rgb(0, 102, 0);"><span style="color: rgb(0, 102, 0);">OK</span></span>
<sup>(2)</sup></td>
<td style="vertical-align: top; text-align: center;"><span
style="color: rgb(0, 102, 0);"><span style="color: rgb(0, 102, 0);">OK</span></span>
<sup>(2)</sup></td>
<td style="vertical-align: top; text-align: center;"><br>
</td>
<td style="vertical-align: top; text-align: center;"><br>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="vertical-align: top;">Firebird 0.6<br>
</td>
<td
style="vertical-align: top; text-align: center; color: rgb(153, 0, 0);"><br>
</td>
<td style="vertical-align: top; text-align: center;"><span style="color: rgb(153, 0, 0);">NO</span><br>
</td>
<td style="vertical-align: top; text-align: center;"><br>
</td>
<td style="vertical-align: top; text-align: center;"><br>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td style="vertical-align: top;">Safari 1.2.4<br>
</td>
<td style="vertical-align: top; text-align: center;"><span
style="color: rgb(255, 204, 0);"></span><br>
</td>
<td style="vertical-align: top; text-align: center;"><br>
</td>
<td style="vertical-align: top; text-align: center;"><span
style="color: rgb(255, 128, 0);">TextArea</span> </td>
<td style="vertical-align: top; text-align: center;"><br>
</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<br>
<span style="color: rgb(0, 102, 0);">OK</span> : Works correctly<br>
<span style="color: rgb(153, 0, 0);">NO</span>&nbsp;
: Doesn't work at all<br>
<span style="color: rgb(255, 128, 0);">TextArea</span> : No HTML
editor, but plain text area<br>
<span style="color: rgb(255, 128, 0);"><br>
</span>Notes:<br>
(1) : Disabled buttons don't get dimmed, this is due to the lack of opacity support
in CSS.<br>
(2) : Resizing tables seems to be a bit buggy. Seems to be an browser
issue.<br>
(3) : Cannot resize tables, the table dialog box does work though!<br>
<br>
<strong>Notice: Only major, stable browsers and those that support the
Midas specification are included in the tests. And remember just
beacurse your browser isn't included in the list it doesn't mean that
TinyMCE isn't working on that browser it's just not verified to work or
not work.</strong><br>
<hr noshade="noshade">
<table class="pagefooter" border="0" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="3"
width="100%">
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>Go to: <a href="index.htm">Table of contents</a></td>
<td align="right"><a href="#">Top</a></td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<br>
<br>
</body>
</html>

53
www/extras/tinymce/docs/faq.htm
View file

@ -1,53 +0,0 @@
<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN">
<HTML>
<HEAD>
<TITLE> FAQ - Frequently Asked Questions </TITLE>
<link href="style.css" rel="stylesheet" type="text/css">
</HEAD>
<BODY>
<table width="100%" border="0" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="3" class="pageheader">
<tr>
<td><span class="title">FAQ - Frequently Asked Questions</span></td>
<td align="right"><a href="index.htm">TOC</a></td>
</tr>
</table>
<hr noshade>
<br>
<span class="subtitle">Why where the &quot;Cut/Copy/Paste&quot; icons removed?</span><br>
<br>
In version 1.20 the Cut/Copy/Paste icons where removed due to a security issue
in Mozilla and Firefox. If a function doesn't work in 2 out of 3 of the target
platforms it shouldn't be included in other words then it's not cross platform.
The keyboard shortcurts like Ctrl-X/C/V still works and allso the menu items for
these actions in the browsers &quot;Edit&quot; menu. It's only the icon shortcuts
that where removed. For more information about this security issue check <a href="http://bugzilla.mozilla.org/show_bug.cgi?id=192355" target="_blank">bugzilla</a>
at Mozilla.<br>
<br>
<span class="subtitle">Why doesn't MCE work in the Opera/Konqueror/Safari browser?</span><br>
<br>
As long as these browsers doesn't support the execCommand and designMode specifications that Mozilla and MSIE does, it's not possible to do a WYSIWYG editor in JavaScript. But when these browsers do get that support we will begin the work on making the editor work on these aswell. <br>
<br>
<span class="subtitle">Why is content sometimes duplicated for example when I copy/paste from Word?</span><br>
<br>
This bug occures when the HTML is not correctly formatted, this is a MSIE bug. It happens when the HTML code contains &quot;&lt;b/&gt;&quot; or nestled paragraph elements &quot;&lt;p&gt;&lt;p&gt;x&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&quot; this produces a incorrect DOM tree and incorrect output on innerHTML. If anyone have a solution for this problem please let me know.<span class="subtitle"><br>
<br>
Why isn't there a color picker and/or a font selector?</span><br>
<br>
There is no need for a color picker or font selector in TinyMCE due to the fact that it would break the layout standards of the site/system implementing it i.e. it would be to loose. Font and colors can be applied by using the CSS classes instead.<br>
<br>
<span class="subtitle">Why doesn't the undo/redo menu items in Mozilla function?</span><br>
<br>
This is becurse the &quot;custom_undo_redo&quot; option is enabled, that option overrides the keyboard shortcuts and the buttons available in the command toolbar. But there currenly no way to override the build in undo/redo menu items. <br>
<br>
<hr noshade>
<table width="100%" border="0" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="3" class="pagefooter">
<tr>
<td>Go to: <a href="index.htm">Table of contents</a></td>
<td align="right"><a href="#">Top</a></td>
</tr>
</table>
<br>
</BODY>
</HTML>

29
www/extras/tinymce/docs/index.htm
View file

@ -1,29 +0,0 @@
<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN">
<HTML>
<HEAD>
<TITLE> Help Index </TITLE>
<link href="style.css" rel="stylesheet" type="text/css">
</HEAD>
<BODY>
<table width="100%" border="0" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="3" class="pageheader">
<tr>
<td><span class="title">Table of contents</span></td>
<td align="right">&nbsp;</td>
</tr>
</table>
<hr noshade>
<br>
Click the links below to go to the different help sections.
<ul class="toc_ul">
<li class="toc_li"><a href="about.htm">About TinyMCE</a></li>
<li class="toc_li"><a href="using.htm">Using/Integrating TinyMCE</a></li>
<li class="toc_li"><a href="themes.htm">Creating themes</a></li>
<li class="toc_li"><a href="langs.htm">Creating language packs</a></li>
<li class="toc_li"><a href="compatiblity.htm">Compatiblity chart</a></li>
<li class="toc_li"><a href="faq.htm">Frequently Asked Questions (FAQ)</a></li>
<li class="toc_li"><a href="license.htm">License (LGPL)</a></li>
</ul>
<hr noshade>
</BODY>
</HTML>

61
www/extras/tinymce/docs/langs.htm
View file

@ -1,61 +0,0 @@
<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN">
<html>
<head>
<title>Creating language packs</title>
<link href="style.css" rel="stylesheet" type="text/css">
</head>
<body>
<table width="100%" border="0" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="3" class="pageheader">
<tr>
<td><span class="title">Creating language packs</span></td>
<td align="right"><a href="index.htm">TOC</a></td>
</tr>
</table>
<hr noshade>
<br>
Language packs are simply JavaScript name/value arrays placed in the &quot;&lt;<a href="http://www.loc.gov/standards/iso639-2/englangn.html">ISO-639-2 code</a>&gt;.js&quot;
files in the &quot;lang&quot; direcotry. Remember to allways use the &quot;lang_&quot;
prefix for these value names so that they don't override other variables in the
templates. The example below shows how the cut, copy and paste texts are lang packed. Notice there are two kinds of language packs one is the general one shared by all themes these are located in the &quot;jscripts/tiny_mce/langs&quot; directory the other optional one is theme specific language packs these are contained in &quot;jscripts/tiny_mce/themes/&lt;some theme&gt;/langs&quot;.<br>
<br>
<table border="0" cellspacing="3" cellpadding="2" class="sample">
<tr>
<td class="samplecontent">tinyMCELang['<font color="#CC0000">lang</font>_cut_desc']
= 'Cut (Ctrl+X)';<br>
tinyMCELang['<font color="#CC0000">lang</font>_copy_desc'] = 'Copy (Ctrl+C)';<br>
tinyMCELang['<font color="#CC0000">lang</font>_paste_desc'] = 'Paste (Ctrl+P)';</td>
</tr>
</table>
<p>When translating TinyMCE, these are the files that currently needs to be translated:<br>
<br>
tinymce/jscripts/tiny_mce/langs/en.js<br>
tinymce/jscripts/tiny_mce/plugins/advhr/langs/en.js<br>
tinymce/jscripts/tiny_mce/plugins/advimage/langs/en.js<br>
tinymce/jscripts/tiny_mce/plugins/advlink/langs/en.js<br>
tinymce/jscripts/tiny_mce/plugins/emotions/langs/en.js<br>
tinymce/jscripts/tiny_mce/plugins/flash/langs/en.js<br>
tinymce/jscripts/tiny_mce/plugins/iespell/langs/en.js<br>
tinymce/jscripts/tiny_mce/plugins/insertdatetime/langs/en.js<br>
tinymce/jscripts/tiny_mce/plugins/preview/langs/en.js<br>
tinymce/jscripts/tiny_mce/plugins/print/langs/en.js<br>
tinymce/jscripts/tiny_mce/plugins/save/langs/en.js<br>
tinymce/jscripts/tiny_mce/plugins/searchreplace/langs/en.js<br>
tinymce/jscripts/tiny_mce/plugins/zoom/langs/en.js<br>
tinymce/jscripts/tiny_mce/themes/advanced/langs/en.js<br>
<br>
Notice some language variables may include a name/url of a gif image or simmilar,
for example the button for bold has a &quot;F&quot; character in the Swedish
language pack.</p>
<hr noshade>
<table width="100%" border="0" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="3" class="pagefooter">
<tr>
<td>Go to: <a href="index.htm">Table of contents</a></td>
<td align="right"><a href="#">Top</a></td>
</tr>
</table>
<br>
</body>
</html>

388
www/extras/tinymce/docs/license.htm
View file

@ -1,388 +0,0 @@
<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN">
<HTML>
<HEAD>
<TITLE>License</TITLE>
<link href="style.css" rel="stylesheet" type="text/css">
</HEAD>
<BODY>
<table width="100%" border="0" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="3" class="pageheader">
<tr>
<td><span class="title">License</span></td>
<td align="right"><a href="index.htm">TOC</a></td>
</tr>
</table>
<hr noshade>
<br>
<strong>Copyright &copy; 2004 Moxiecode Systems AB</strong><br>
<br>
This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or<br>
modify it under the terms of the <strong>GNU Lesser General Public<br>
License</strong> as published by the Free Software Foundation; either<br>
version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.<br>
<br>
This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,<br>
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of<br>
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU<br>
Lesser General Public License for more details.<br>
<br>
You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public<br>
License along with this library; if not, write to the Free Software<br>
Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307 USA<br>
<br>
<hr noshade>
<br>
<strong>GNU Lesser General Public License<br>
Version 2.1, February 1999 </strong>
<p>Copyright (C) 1991, 1999 Free Software Foundation, Inc.<br>
59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307 USA<br>
Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies<br>
of this license document, but changing it is not allowed.</p>
<p>[This is the first released version of the Lesser GPL. It also counts<br>
as the successor of the GNU Library Public License, version 2, hence<br>
the version number 2.1.]</p>
<p>Preamble<br>
The licenses for most software are designed to take away your freedom to share
and change it. By contrast, the GNU General Public Licenses are intended to
guarantee your freedom to share and change free software--to make sure the software
is free for all its users. </p>
<p>This license, the Lesser General Public License, applies to some specially
designated software packages--typically libraries--of the Free Software Foundation
and other authors who decide to use it. You can use it too, but we suggest you
first think carefully about whether this license or the ordinary General Public
License is the better strategy to use in any particular case, based on the explanations
below. </p>
<p>When we speak of free software, we are referring to freedom of use, not price.
Our General Public Licenses are designed to make sure that you have the freedom
to distribute copies of free software (and charge for this service if you wish);
that you receive source code or can get it if you want it; that you can change
the software and use pieces of it in new free programs; and that you are informed
that you can do these things.</p>
<p>To protect your rights, we need to make restrictions that forbid distributors
to deny you these rights or to ask you to surrender these rights. These restrictions
translate to certain responsibilities for you if you distribute copies of the
library or if you modify it. </p>
<p>For example, if you distribute copies of the library, whether gratis or for
a fee, you must give the recipients all the rights that we gave you. You must
make sure that they, too, receive or can get the source code. If you link other
code with the library, you must provide complete object files to the recipients,
so that they can relink them with the library after making changes to the library
and recompiling it. And you must show them these terms so they know their rights.
</p>
<p>We protect your rights with a two-step method: (1) we copyright the library,
and (2) we offer you this license, which gives you legal permission to copy,
distribute and/or modify the library. </p>
<p>To protect each distributor, we want to make it very clear that there is no
warranty for the free library. Also, if the library is modified by someone else
and passed on, the recipients should know that what they have is not the original
version, so that the original author's reputation will not be affected by problems
that might be introduced by others. </p>
<p>Finally, software patents pose a constant threat to the existence of any free
program. We wish to make sure that a company cannot effectively restrict the
users of a free program by obtaining a restrictive license from a patent holder.
Therefore, we insist that any patent license obtained for a version of the library
must be consistent with the full freedom of use specified in this license. </p>
<p>Most GNU software, including some libraries, is covered by the ordinary GNU
General Public License. This license, the GNU Lesser General Public License,
applies to certain designated libraries, and is quite different from the ordinary
General Public License. We use this license for certain libraries in order to
permit linking those libraries into non-free programs. </p>
<p>When a program is linked with a library, whether statically or using a shared
library, the combination of the two is legally speaking a combined work, a derivative
of the original library. The ordinary General Public License therefore permits
such linking only if the entire combination fits its criteria of freedom. The
Lesser General Public License permits more lax criteria for linking other code
with the library. </p>
<p>We call this license the &quot;Lesser&quot; General Public License because
it does Less to protect the user's freedom than the ordinary General Public
License. It also provides other free software developers Less of an advantage
over competing non-free programs. These disadvantages are the reason we use
the ordinary General Public License for many libraries. However, the Lesser
license provides advantages in certain special circumstances. </p>
<p>For example, on rare occasions, there may be a special need to encourage the
widest possible use of a certain library, so that it becomes a de-facto standard.
To achieve this, non-free programs must be allowed to use the library. A more
frequent case is that a free library does the same job as widely used non-free
libraries. In this case, there is little to gain by limiting the free library
to free software only, so we use the Lesser General Public License. </p>
<p>In other cases, permission to use a particular library in non-free programs
enables a greater number of people to use a large body of free software. For
example, permission to use the GNU C Library in non-free programs enables many
more people to use the whole GNU operating system, as well as its variant, the
GNU/Linux operating system. </p>
<p>Although the Lesser General Public License is Less protective of the users'
freedom, it does ensure that the user of a program that is linked with the Library
has the freedom and the wherewithal to run that program using a modified version
of the Library. </p>
<p>The precise terms and conditions for copying, distribution and modification
follow. Pay close attention to the difference between a &quot;work based on
the library&quot; and a &quot;work that uses the library&quot;. The former contains
code derived from the library, whereas the latter must be combined with the
library in order to run. </p>
<p>TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR COPYING, DISTRIBUTION AND MODIFICATION<br>
0. This License Agreement applies to any software library or other program which
contains a notice placed by the copyright holder or other authorized party saying
it may be distributed under the terms of this Lesser General Public License
(also called &quot;this License&quot;). Each licensee is addressed as &quot;you&quot;.</p>
<p>A &quot;library&quot; means a collection of software functions and/or data
prepared so as to be conveniently linked with application programs (which use
some of those functions and data) to form executables. </p>
<p>The &quot;Library&quot;, below, refers to any such software library or work
which has been distributed under these terms. A &quot;work based on the Library&quot;
means either the Library or any derivative work under copyright law: that is
to say, a work containing the Library or a portion of it, either verbatim or
with modifications and/or translated straightforwardly into another language.
(Hereinafter, translation is included without limitation in the term &quot;modification&quot;.)
</p>
<p>&quot;Source code&quot; for a work means the preferred form of the work for
making modifications to it. For a library, complete source code means all the
source code for all modules it contains, plus any associated interface definition
files, plus the scripts used to control compilation and installation of the
library.</p>
<p>Activities other than copying, distribution and modification are not covered
by this License; they are outside its scope. The act of running a program using
the Library is not restricted, and output from such a program is covered only
if its contents constitute a work based on the Library (independent of the use
of the Library in a tool for writing it). Whether that is true depends on what
the Library does and what the program that uses the Library does. </p>
<p>1. You may copy and distribute verbatim copies of the Library's complete source
code as you receive it, in any medium, provided that you conspicuously and appropriately
publish on each copy an appropriate copyright notice and disclaimer of warranty;
keep intact all the notices that refer to this License and to the absence of
any warranty; and distribute a copy of this License along with the Library.
</p>
<p>You may charge a fee for the physical act of transferring a copy, and you may
at your option offer warranty protection in exchange for a fee. </p>
<p>2. You may modify your copy or copies of the Library or any portion of it,
thus forming a work based on the Library, and copy and distribute such modifications
or work under the terms of Section 1 above, provided that you also meet all
of these conditions: </p>
<p>a) The modified work must itself be a software library. </p>
<p>b) You must cause the files modified to carry prominent notices stating that
you changed the files and the date of any change.</p>
<p>c) You must cause the whole of the work to be licensed at no charge to all
third parties under the terms of this License. </p>
<p>d) If a facility in the modified Library refers to a function or a table of
data to be supplied by an application program that uses the facility, other
than as an argument passed when the facility is invoked, then you must make
a good faith effort to ensure that, in the event an application does not supply
such function or table, the facility still operates, and performs whatever part
of its purpose remains meaningful. </p>
<p>(For example, a function in a library to compute square roots has a purpose
that is entirely well-defined independent of the application. Therefore, Subsection
2d requires that any application-supplied function or table used by this function
must be optional: if the application does not supply it, the square root function
must still compute square roots.) </p>
<p>These requirements apply to the modified work as a whole. If identifiable sections
of that work are not derived from the Library, and can be reasonably considered
independent and separate works in themselves, then this License, and its terms,
do not apply to those sections when you distribute them as separate works. But
when you distribute the same sections as part of a whole which is a work based
on the Library, the distribution of the whole must be on the terms of this License,
whose permissions for other licensees extend to the entire whole, and thus to
each and every part regardless of who wrote it. </p>
<p>Thus, it is not the intent of this section to claim rights or contest your
rights to work written entirely by you; rather, the intent is to exercise the
right to control the distribution of derivative or collective works based on
the Library. </p>
<p>In addition, mere aggregation of another work not based on the Library with
the Library (or with a work based on the Library) on a volume of a storage or
distribution medium does not bring the other work under the scope of this License.
</p>
<p>3. You may opt to apply the terms of the ordinary GNU General Public License
instead of this License to a given copy of the Library. To do this, you must
alter all the notices that refer to this License, so that they refer to the
ordinary GNU General Public License, version 2, instead of to this License.
(If a newer version than version 2 of the ordinary GNU General Public License
has appeared, then you can specify that version instead if you wish.) Do not
make any other change in these notices. </p>
<p>Once this change is made in a given copy, it is irreversible for that copy,
so the ordinary GNU General Public License applies to all subsequent copies
and derivative works made from that copy. </p>
<p>This option is useful when you wish to copy part of the code of the Library
into a program that is not a library. </p>
<p>4. You may copy and distribute the Library (or a portion or derivative of it,
under Section 2) in object code or executable form under the terms of Sections
1 and 2 above provided that you accompany it with the complete corresponding
machine-readable source code, which must be distributed under the terms of Sections
1 and 2 above on a medium customarily used for software interchange. </p>
<p>If distribution of object code is made by offering access to copy from a designated
place, then offering equivalent access to copy the source code from the same
place satisfies the requirement to distribute the source code, even though third
parties are not compelled to copy the source along with the object code.</p>
<p>5. A program that contains no derivative of any portion of the Library, but
is designed to work with the Library by being compiled or linked with it, is
called a &quot;work that uses the Library&quot;. Such a work, in isolation,
is not a derivative work of the Library, and therefore falls outside the scope
of this License. </p>
<p>However, linking a &quot;work that uses the Library&quot; with the Library
creates an executable that is a derivative of the Library (because it contains
portions of the Library), rather than a &quot;work that uses the library&quot;.
The executable is therefore covered by this License. Section 6 states terms
for distribution of such executables. </p>
<p>When a &quot;work that uses the Library&quot; uses material from a header file
that is part of the Library, the object code for the work may be a derivative
work of the Library even though the source code is not. Whether this is true
is especially significant if the work can be linked without the Library, or
if the work is itself a library. The threshold for this to be true is not precisely
defined by law. </p>
<p>If such an object file uses only numerical parameters, data structure layouts
and accessors, and small macros and small inline functions (ten lines or less
in length), then the use of the object file is unrestricted, regardless of whether
it is legally a derivative work. (Executables containing this object code plus
portions of the Library will still fall under Section 6.) </p>
<p>Otherwise, if the work is a derivative of the Library, you may distribute the
object code for the work under the terms of Section 6. Any executables containing
that work also fall under Section 6, whether or not they are linked directly
with the Library itself. </p>
<p>6. As an exception to the Sections above, you may also combine or link a &quot;work
that uses the Library&quot; with the Library to produce a work containing portions
of the Library, and distribute that work under terms of your choice, provided
that the terms permit modification of the work for the customer's own use and
reverse engineering for debugging such modifications. </p>
<p>You must give prominent notice with each copy of the work that the Library
is used in it and that the Library and its use are covered by this License.
You must supply a copy of this License. If the work during execution displays
copyright notices, you must include the copyright notice for the Library among
them, as well as a reference directing the user to the copy of this License.
Also, you must do one of these things: </p>
<p>a) Accompany the work with the complete corresponding machine-readable source
code for the Library including whatever changes were used in the work (which
must be distributed under Sections 1 and 2 above); and, if the work is an executable
linked with the Library, with the complete machine-readable &quot;work that
uses the Library&quot;, as object code and/or source code, so that the user
can modify the Library and then relink to produce a modified executable containing
the modified Library. (It is understood that the user who changes the contents
of definitions files in the Library will not necessarily be able to recompile
the application to use the modified definitions.) </p>
<p>b) Use a suitable shared library mechanism for linking with the Library. A
suitable mechanism is one that (1) uses at run time a copy of the library already
present on the user's computer system, rather than copying library functions
into the executable, and (2) will operate properly with a modified version of
the library, if the user installs one, as long as the modified version is interface-compatible
with the version that the work was made with. </p>
<p>c) Accompany the work with a written offer, valid for at least three years,
to give the same user the materials specified in Subsection 6a, above, for a
charge no more than the cost of performing this distribution. </p>
<p>d) If distribution of the work is made by offering access to copy from a designated
place, offer equivalent access to copy the above specified materials from the
same place. </p>
<p>e) Verify that the user has already received a copy of these materials or that
you have already sent this user a copy.</p>
<p>For an executable, the required form of the &quot;work that uses the Library&quot;
must include any data and utility programs needed for reproducing the executable
from it. However, as a special exception, the materials to be distributed need
not include anything that is normally distributed (in either source or binary
form) with the major components (compiler, kernel, and so on) of the operating
system on which the executable runs, unless that component itself accompanies
the executable. </p>
<p>It may happen that this requirement contradicts the license restrictions of
other proprietary libraries that do not normally accompany the operating system.
Such a contradiction means you cannot use both them and the Library together
in an executable that you distribute. </p>
<p>7. You may place library facilities that are a work based on the Library side-by-side
in a single library together with other library facilities not covered by this
License, and distribute such a combined library, provided that the separate
distribution of the work based on the Library and of the other library facilities
is otherwise permitted, and provided that you do these two things: </p>
<p>a) Accompany the combined library with a copy of the same work based on the
Library, uncombined with any other library facilities. This must be distributed
under the terms of the Sections above. </p>
<p>b) Give prominent notice with the combined library of the fact that part of
it is a work based on the Library, and explaining where to find the accompanying
uncombined form of the same work.</p>
<p>8. You may not copy, modify, sublicense, link with, or distribute the Library
except as expressly provided under this License. Any attempt otherwise to copy,
modify, sublicense, link with, or distribute the Library is void, and will automatically
terminate your rights under this License. However, parties who have received
copies, or rights, from you under this License will not have their licenses
terminated so long as such parties remain in full compliance. </p>
<p>9. You are not required to accept this License, since you have not signed it.
However, nothing else grants you permission to modify or distribute the Library
or its derivative works. These actions are prohibited by law if you do not accept
this License. Therefore, by modifying or distributing the Library (or any work
based on the Library), you indicate your acceptance of this License to do so,
and all its terms and conditions for copying, distributing or modifying the
Library or works based on it. </p>
<p>10. Each time you redistribute the Library (or any work based on the Library),
the recipient automatically receives a license from the original licensor to
copy, distribute, link with or modify the Library subject to these terms and
conditions. You may not impose any further restrictions on the recipients' exercise
of the rights granted herein. You are not responsible for enforcing compliance
by third parties with this License. </p>
<p>11. If, as a consequence of a court judgment or allegation of patent infringement
or for any other reason (not limited to patent issues), conditions are imposed
on you (whether by court order, agreement or otherwise) that contradict the
conditions of this License, they do not excuse you from the conditions of this
License. If you cannot distribute so as to satisfy simultaneously your obligations
under this License and any other pertinent obligations, then as a consequence
you may not distribute the Library at all. For example, if a patent license
would not permit royalty-free redistribution of the Library by all those who
receive copies directly or indirectly through you, then the only way you could
satisfy both it and this License would be to refrain entirely from distribution
of the Library. </p>
<p>If any portion of this section is held invalid or unenforceable under any particular
circumstance, the balance of the section is intended to apply, and the section
as a whole is intended to apply in other circumstances. </p>
<p>It is not the purpose of this section to induce you to infringe any patents
or other property right claims or to contest validity of any such claims; this
section has the sole purpose of protecting the integrity of the free software
distribution system which is implemented by public license practices. Many people
have made generous contributions to the wide range of software distributed through
that system in reliance on consistent application of that system; it is up to
the author/donor to decide if he or she is willing to distribute software through
any other system and a licensee cannot impose that choice. </p>
<p>This section is intended to make thoroughly clear what is believed to be a
consequence of the rest of this License. </p>
<p>12. If the distribution and/or use of the Library is restricted in certain
countries either by patents or by copyrighted interfaces, the original copyright
holder who places the Library under this License may add an explicit geographical
distribution limitation excluding those countries, so that distribution is permitted
only in or among countries not thus excluded. In such case, this License incorporates
the limitation as if written in the body of this License. </p>
<p>13. The Free Software Foundation may publish revised and/or new versions of
the Lesser General Public License from time to time. Such new versions will
be similar in spirit to the present version, but may differ in detail to address
new problems or concerns.</p>
<p>Each version is given a distinguishing version number. If the Library specifies
a version number of this License which applies to it and &quot;any later version&quot;,
you have the option of following the terms and conditions either of that version
or of any later version published by the Free Software Foundation. If the Library
does not specify a license version number, you may choose any version ever published
by the Free Software Foundation. </p>
<p>14. If you wish to incorporate parts of the Library into other free programs
whose distribution conditions are incompatible with these, write to the author
to ask for permission. For software which is copyrighted by the Free Software
Foundation, write to the Free Software Foundation; we sometimes make exceptions
for this. Our decision will be guided by the two goals of preserving the free
status of all derivatives of our free software and of promoting the sharing
and reuse of software generally. </p>
<p>NO WARRANTY </p>
<p>15. BECAUSE THE LIBRARY IS LICENSED FREE OF CHARGE, THERE IS NO WARRANTY FOR
THE LIBRARY, TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW. EXCEPT WHEN OTHERWISE
STATED IN WRITING THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND/OR OTHER PARTIES PROVIDE THE LIBRARY
&quot;AS IS&quot; WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED,
INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND
FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. THE ENTIRE RISK AS TO THE QUALITY AND PERFORMANCE
OF THE LIBRARY IS WITH YOU. SHOULD THE LIBRARY PROVE DEFECTIVE, YOU ASSUME THE
COST OF ALL NECESSARY SERVICING, REPAIR OR CORRECTION. </p>
<p>16. IN NO EVENT UNLESS REQUIRED BY APPLICABLE LAW OR AGREED TO IN WRITING WILL
ANY COPYRIGHT HOLDER, OR ANY OTHER PARTY WHO MAY MODIFY AND/OR REDISTRIBUTE
THE LIBRARY AS PERMITTED ABOVE, BE LIABLE TO YOU FOR DAMAGES, INCLUDING ANY
GENERAL, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES ARISING OUT OF THE USE
OR INABILITY TO USE THE LIBRARY (INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO LOSS OF DATA OR
DATA BEING RENDERED INACCURATE OR LOSSES SUSTAINED BY YOU OR THIRD PARTIES OR
A FAILURE OF THE LIBRARY TO OPERATE WITH ANY OTHER SOFTWARE), EVEN IF SUCH HOLDER
OR OTHER PARTY HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES. <br>
</p>
<hr noshade>
<table width="100%" border="0" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="3" class="pagefooter">
<tr>
<td>Go to: <a href="index.htm">Table of contents</a></td>
<td align="right"><a href="#">Top</a></td>
</tr>
</table>
<br>
</BODY>
</HTML>

28
www/extras/tinymce/docs/style.css
View file

@ -1,28 +0,0 @@
body { background-color: #FFFFFF; }
body, td, .content { font-family: Verdana, Arial, helvetica, sans-serif; font-size: 12px; }
.title { font-family: Verdana, Arial, helvetica, sans-serif; font-size: 16px; font-weight: bold; }
.subtitle { font-size: 12px; font-weight: bold; }
.toc_ul, .toc_li { margin-left: 8 px; line-height: 16px; }
.step_ol, .step_li { margin-left: 11 px; line-height: 16px; }
img { border: #000000 solid 1px; }
a:visited { color: #666666; text-decoration: underline; }
a:active { color: #666666; text-decoration: underline; }
a:hover { color: #666666; text-decoration: underline; }
a { color: #666666; text-decoration: underline; }
.pageheader { border: #E0E0E0 solid 1px; }
.pagefooter { border: #E0E0E0 solid 1px; }
.sample { background-color: #FFFFFF; border: #000000 solid 1px; }
.samplecontent { font-size: 10px; }
.code { background-color: #FFFFFF; border: #000000 solid 1px; }
.codecontent { font-size: 10px; }
.codecontent a:visited { color: #666666; text-decoration: none; font-weight: bold }
.codecontent a:active { color: #666666; text-decoration: none; font-weight: bold }
.codecontent a:hover { color: #666666; text-decoration: none; font-weight: bold }
.codecontent a { color: #666666; text-decoration: none; font-weight: bold }
.working { color: #00CC00 }
.failed { color: #CC0000 }

505
www/extras/tinymce/docs/themes.htm
View file

@ -1,505 +0,0 @@
<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN">
<HTML>
<HEAD>
<TITLE>Creating themes</TITLE>
<link href="style.css" rel="stylesheet" type="text/css">
</HEAD>
<BODY>
<table width="100%" border="0" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="3" class="pageheader">
<tr>
<td class="title">Creating themes and plugins</td>
<td align="right"><a href="index.htm">TOC</a></td>
</tr>
</table>
<hr noshade>
<br>
<span class="subtitle">Creating your own Themes and plugins</span><br>
<br>
Creating you own themes for the TinyMCE application is fairly easy if you know
the basics of HTML, CSS and Javascript. The most easy way is to copy the &quot;default&quot; or the &quot;advanced&quot;
template and rename it as your own name to for example &quot;mytheme&quot;. After
you copy the template you need to change the red sections marked below to &quot;mytheme&quot;
this is needed so that themes don't overlap in other words it gives the theme
a unique name. Then just alter the HTML code as you see fit but notice some elements
needs to be there so check the docs below on each function also remember that
your custom themes needs to be located in tiny_mce's &quot;themes&quot; directory.
If you want you may add theme specific options/settings but remember to namespace them in the following format &quot;theme_&lt;your theme&gt;_&lt;option&gt;&quot;.<br>
<br>
The example below has three functions, these are explained in greater detail below.<br>
<br>
<table border="0" cellspacing="3" cellpadding="2" class="sample">
<tr>
<td class="samplecontent">function TinyMCE_<font color="#CC0000">default</font>_getEditorTemplate(settings)
{<br>
&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;var template = new Array();<br>
<br> &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;template['html'] = '&lt;Some HTML&gt;';<br>
&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;template['delta_width'] = 0;<br>
&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;template['delta_height'] = -40;<br>
<br>
&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;return template;<br>
}
<p>function TinyMCE_<font color="#CC0000">default</font>_getInsertLinkTemplate(settings)
{<br>
&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;var template = new Array();<br>
<br>
&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;template['file'] = 'link.htm';<br>
&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;template['width'] = 320;<br>
&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;template['height'] = 130;<br>
<br>
&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;return template;<br>
}<br>
<br>
function TinyMCE_<font color="#CC0000">default</font>_getInsertImageTemplate(settings)
{<br>
&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;var template = new Array();<br>
<br>
&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;template['file'] = 'image.htm';<br>
&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;template['width'] = 320;<br>
&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;template['height'] = 130;<br>
<br>
&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;return template;<br>
}<br>
<br>
function TinyMCE_<font color="#CC0000">default</font>_handleNodeChange(editor_id,
node) {<br>
&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;// Check what happend<br>
}<br>
<br>
function TinyMCE_<font color="#CC0000">default</font>_execCommand(editor_id, element, command, user_interface, value)
{<br>
&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;//
Your custom command logic<br>
&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;return false; <br>
}
<br>
</p>
</td>
</tr>
</table>
<br>
<hr noshade>
<p class="subtitle">Using external template files</p>
<p>When using external template files, with the argument called &quot;file&quot; desribed below, you need to include the &quot;tiny_mce_popup.js&quot;. This file is needed inorder to communicate with TinyMCE, all variables and language definitions gets replaced as in the &quot;html&quot; attribute.
</p>
Example of external template file:
<br>
<br>
<table border="0" cellspacing="3" cellpadding="2" class="sample">
<tr>
<td class="samplecontent">&lt;html&gt;<br>
&lt;head&gt;<br>
&lt;title&gt;<span class="failed">{$lang_theme_sample_title}</span>&lt;/title&gt;<br>
&lt;script language=&quot;javascript&quot; src=&quot;<span class="failed">../../tiny_mce_popup.js</span>&quot;&gt;&lt;/script&gt;<br>
&lt;script language=&quot;javascript&quot;&gt;<br>
&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;alert(<span class="failed">tinyMCE.getWindowArg('some_arg')</span>);<br>
&lt;/script&gt;
<br>
&lt;body&gt;<br>
<span class="failed">{$lang_theme_sample_desc}</span><br>
&lt;/body&gt;
</td>
</tr>
</table>
<hr noshade>
<br>
<span class="subtitle">The TinyMCE_<font color="#CC0000">&lt;<font color="#CC0000">theme or plugin</font>&gt;</font>_getEditorTemplate(settings)
function</span></p>
<p>This function is responsible for the layout of the editor instance within the
page it should return a name/value based array with some specific names. These
are explained below, notice names included in [] characters are optional. The settings parameter to this function is a name/value array containing tinyMCE:s settings/options. </p>
<strong>Template data:<br>
<br>
</strong>
<table border="1" cellspacing="0">
<tr>
<td width="150"><strong>html</strong></td>
<td>HTML template data, this value should contain all the HTML code needed
to render the editor. Notice: {$&lt;variable&gt;} are replaces with values
when used. More about these specific values later on.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="150"><strong>[delta_width]</strong></td>
<td>Delta width, this value should contain the relative width needed by the
UI. For example if a toolbar takes 20 pixels this value should be -20. This
is so the editor gets the same size as the element that are replaced.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="150"><strong>[delta_height]</strong></td>
<td>Delta height, this value should contain the relative width needed by the
UI. For example if a toolbar takes 40 pixels this value should be -40. This
is so the editor gets the same size as the element that are replaced.</td>
</tr>
</table>
<p> Variables within the &quot;html&quot; value above are replaced with internal
TinyMCE values. There are two types of variables one is the ones starting with
the &quot;lang_&quot; prefix, these are replaced with the matching names in
the language packs. So for example &lt;b&gt;{$lang_test}&lt;/b&gt; gets replaces
with the &quot;tinyMCELang['lang_test']&quot; variable and the output is then
&lt;b&gt;Test&lt;/b&gt;. The other variables are passed expicilty for the template
used and these are listed below. Notice: Variables within [] characters are
optional. <br>
<br>
<strong>Variables:</strong></p>
<table border="1" cellspacing="0">
<tr>
<td width="150"><strong>editor_id</strong></td>
<td>This is the editor instance id and it should be placed in ID attribute
of the IFRAME element that must be included in the template.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="150"><strong>[default_document]</strong></td>
<td>This will be replaced with a blank html page, this is added for MSIE security
issues and should be placed in the SRC attribute of the IFRAME within the
template.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>[area_width]</strong></td>
<td>Width of IFRAME area in pixels.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>[area_height]</strong></td>
<td>Height of IFRAME area in pixels.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>[width]</strong></td>
<td>Width of the whole editor area in pixels.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>[height]</strong></td>
<td>Height of the whole editor area in pixels.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>[themeurl]</strong></td>
<td>URL to theme location </td>
</tr>
</table>
<p>Notice: There are two javascript function that can be called from this template
these are tinyMCE.execCommand that executes commans on the currenly selected
editor area and the tinyMCE.switchClass that switches the CSS class of the element
specified. For more details of commands available by execCommand check the Mozilla <a href="http://www.mozilla.org/editor/midas-spec.html" target="_blank">midas specification</a> and the <a href="using.htm#execcommand">TinyMCE specific commands</a>. <br>
</p>
<hr noshade>
<br>
<span class="subtitle">The TinyMCE_<font color="#CC0000">&lt;<font color="#CC0000">theme or plugin</font>&gt;</font>_getInsertLinkTemplate(settings)
function</span>
<p>This function is responsible for the layout of the insert link popup window
and it should return a name/value based array with some specific names. These
are explained below, notice names included in [] characters are optional. The settings parameter to this function is a name/value array containing tinyMCE:s settings/options. </p>
<strong>Template data:<br>
<br>
</strong>
<table border="1" cellspacing="0">
<tr>
<td width="150"><strong>html</strong></td>
<td>HTML template data, this value should contain all the HTML code needed
to render the link dialog. Notice: {$&lt;variable&gt;} are replaces with values
when used. More about these specific values later on. This parameter is not needed if the &quot;file&quot; param is assigned. </td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>file</strong></td>
<td>Name of external template file to use, this may even be logic pages like .php,.asp,.jsp etc. </td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="150"><strong>[width]</strong></td>
<td>Width of popup window in pixels. Default is 320.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="150"><strong>[height]</strong></td>
<td>Height of popup window in pixels. Default is 200.</td>
</tr>
</table>
<p> Variables within the &quot;html&quot; value above are replaced with internal
TinyMCE values. There are two types of variables one is the ones starting with
the &quot;lang_&quot; prefix, these are replaced with the matching names in
the language packs. So for example &lt;b&gt;{$lang_test}&lt;/b&gt; gets replaces
with the &quot;tinyMCELang['lang_test']&quot; variable and the output is then
&lt;b&gt;Test&lt;/b&gt;. The other variables are passed expicilty for the template
used and these are listed below. Notice: Variables within [] characters are
optional. <br>
<br>
<strong>Variables/Window arguments:</strong></p>
<table border="1" cellspacing="0">
<tr>
<td width="150"><strong>[href]</strong></td>
<td>This variable gets replaced with the &quot;href&quot; attribute value
of the selected link if one is selected.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>[target]</strong></td>
<td>This variable gets replaced with the &quot;target&quot; attribute value of the selected link if one is selected.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="150"><strong>[css]</strong></td>
<td>Theme popup css location.</td>
</tr>
</table>
<p>Notice: There are a javascript function that can be called from this template
&quot;window.opener.tinyMCE.insertLink(href, target)&quot; this inserts the
link into the currently selected editor and should be called when for example
a insert button is pressed.</p>
<hr noshade>
<br>
<span class="subtitle">The TinyMCE_<font color="#CC0000">&lt;<font color="#CC0000">theme or plugin</font>&gt;</font>_getInsertImageTemplate(settings)
function</span>
<p>This function is responsible for the layout of the insert image dialog, it should return a name/value based array with some specific names. These
are explained below, notice names included in [] characters are optional. The settings parameter to this function is a name/value array containing tinyMCE:s settings/options. </p>
<strong>Template data:<br>
<br>
</strong>
<table border="1" cellspacing="0">
<tr>
<td><strong>html</strong></td>
<td>HTML template data, this value should contain all the HTML code needed to render the image dialog. Notice: {$&lt;variable&gt;} are replaces with values when used. More about these specific values later on. This parameter is not needed if the &quot;file&quot; param is assigned. </td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>file</strong></td>
<td>Name of external template file to use, this may even be logic pages like .php,.asp,.jsp etc. </td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="150"><strong>[width]</strong></td>
<td>Width of popup window in pixels. Default is 320.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="150"><strong>[height]</strong></td>
<td>Height of popup window in pixels. Default is 200.</td>
</tr>
</table>
<p> Variables within the &quot;html&quot; value above are replaced with internal
TinyMCE values. There are two types of variables one is the ones starting with
the &quot;lang_&quot; prefix, these are replaced with the matchin names in the
language packs. So for example &lt;b&gt;{$lang_test}&lt;/b&gt; gets replaces
with the &quot;tinyMCELang['lang_test']&quot; variable and the output is then
&lt;b&gt;Test&lt;/b&gt;. The other variables are passed expicilty for the template
used and these are listed below. Notice: Variables within [] characters are
optional. <br>
<br>
<strong>Variables/Window arguments:</strong></p>
<table border="1" cellspacing="0">
<tr>
<td width="150"><strong>[src]</strong></td>
<td>This variable gets replaced with the &quot;src&quot; attribute value of
the selected link if one is selected.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>[alt]</strong></td>
<td>This variable gets replaced with the &quot;alt&quot; attribute value of
the selected link if one is selected.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>[border]</strong></td>
<td>This variable gets replaced with the &quot;border&quot; attribute value
of the selected link if one is selected.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>[hspace]</strong></td>
<td>This variable gets replaced with the &quot;hspace&quot; attribute value
of the selected link if one is selected.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>[vspace]</strong></td>
<td>This variable gets replaced with the &quot;vspace&quot; attribute value
of the selected link if one is selected.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>[width]</strong></td>
<td>This variable gets replaced with the &quot;width&quot; attribute value
of the selected link if one is selected.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>[height]</strong></td>
<td>This variable gets replaced with the &quot;height&quot; attribute value
of the selected link if one is selected.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>[align]</strong></td>
<td>This variable gets replaced with the &quot;align&quot; attribute value of the selected link if one is selected.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>[css]</strong></td>
<td>Theme popup css location.</td>
</tr>
</table>
<p>Notice: There are a javascript function that can be called from this template
&quot;window.opener.tinyMCE.insertImage(src, alt, border, hspace, vspace, width,
height, align)&quot; this inserts the image into the currently selected editor
and should be called when for example a insert button is pressed.</p>
<hr noshade>
<br>
<span class="subtitle">The TinyMCE_<font color="#CC0000">&lt;<font color="#CC0000">theme or plugin</font>&gt;</font>_getInsertTableTemplate(settings) function</span>
<span class="subtitle">(Optional)</span>
<p>This function is responsible for the layout of the insert table dialog, it should return a name/value based array with some specific names. These are explained below, notice names included in [] characters are optional. The settings parameter to this function is a name/value array containing tinyMCE:s settings/options. </p>
<strong>Template data:<br>
<br>
</strong>
<table border="1" cellspacing="0">
<tr>
<td><strong>html</strong></td>
<td>HTML template data, this value should contain all the HTML code needed to render the table dialog. Notice: {$&lt;variable&gt;} are replaces with values when used. More about these specific values later on. This parameter is not needed if the &quot;file&quot; param is assigned. </td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>file</strong></td>
<td>Name of external template file to use, this may even be logic pages like .php,.asp,.jsp etc. </td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="150"><strong>[width]</strong></td>
<td>Width of popup window in pixels.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="150"><strong>[height]</strong></td>
<td>Height of popup window in pixels.</td>
</tr>
</table>
<p> Variables within the &quot;html&quot; value above are replaced with internal TinyMCE values. There are two types of variables one is the ones starting with the &quot;lang_&quot; prefix, these are replaced with the matchin names in the language packs. So for example &lt;b&gt;{$lang_test}&lt;/b&gt; gets replaces with the &quot;tinyMCELang['lang_test']&quot; variable and the output is then &lt;b&gt;Test&lt;/b&gt;. The other variables are passed expicilty for the template used and these are listed below. Notice: Variables within [] characters are optional. <br>
<br>
<strong>Variables/Window arguments:</strong></p>
<table border="1" cellspacing="0">
<tr>
<td width="150"><strong>[cols]</strong></td>
<td>This variable gets replaced with the number of columns in the table.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>[rows]</strong></td>
<td>This variable gets replaced with the number of rows in the table.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>[border]</strong></td>
<td>This variable gets replaced with the &quot;border&quot; attribute value of the selected link if one is selected.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>[cellpadding]</strong></td>
<td>This variable gets replaced with the &quot;cellpadding&quot; attribute value of the selected table if one is selected.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>[cellspacing]</strong></td>
<td>This variable gets replaced with the &quot;cellspacing&quot; attribute value of the selected table if one is selected.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>[width]</strong></td>
<td>This variable gets replaced with the &quot;width&quot; attribute value of the selected table if one is selected.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>[height]</strong></td>
<td>This variable gets replaced with the &quot;height&quot; attribute value of the selected table if one is selected.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>[align]</strong></td>
<td>This variable gets replaced with the &quot;align&quot; attribute value of the selected table if one is selected.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>[action]</strong></td>
<td>Action type &quot;update&quot; or &quot;insert&quot; depending on if the user selected a table or want's to create a new one.</td>
</tr>
</table>
<br>
<hr noshade>
<span class="subtitle">The TinyMCE_<font color="#CC0000">&lt;<font color="#CC0000">theme or plugin</font>&gt;</font>_handleNodeChange
function (Optional)</span>
<p>This function is called when the cursor/selection of a editor instance changes.
Then the currenly selected/focused node is passed to this function. This can
be useful when you want to change the UI depending on what the user has selected.</p>
<strong>Parameters:<br>
<br>
</strong>
<table border="1" cellspacing="0">
<tr>
<td><strong>editor_id</strong></td>
<td>Unique editor id, this is the same as the $editor_id variable in getEditorTemplate.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>node</strong></td>
<td>Reference to the Node element where the cursor is currenly located.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>undo_index</strong></td>
<td>Current undo index, this value is -1 if the custom undo/redo support is disabled.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>undo_levels</strong></td>
<td>Current number of undo levels, this value is -1 if the custom undo/redo support is disabled.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>visual_aid</strong></td>
<td>True/false state of visual aid/guidelines mode.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="150"><strong>any_selection</strong></td>
<td>Is any text or image selected.</td>
</tr>
</table>
<br>
<hr noshade>
<span class="subtitle">The TinyMCE_<font color="#CC0000">&lt;<font color="#CC0000">theme or plugin</font>&gt;</font>_execCommand function (Optional)</span>
<p>This function is called when a command is executed for example &quot;bold&quot; or &quot;createlink&quot; this callback/theme/plugin function may then intercept theme specific commands and do custom logic. If this command returns true the command handling is terminated and the default tinyMCE command handeling never gets executed. </p>
<strong>Parameters:<br>
<br>
</strong>
<table border="1" cellspacing="0">
<tr>
<td><strong>editor_id</strong></td>
<td>Unique editor id, this is the same as the $editor_id variable in getEditorTemplate.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>element</strong></td>
<td>Reference to the document DOM root element of the editor instance.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>command</strong></td>
<td>Command that is to be executed for example &quot;myCommand&quot;.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>user_interface</strong></td>
<td>true/false option if a user insterace is to be used or not.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="150"><strong>value</strong></td>
<td>Custom data value passed with command, may be any data type.</td>
</tr>
</table>
<br>
<strong>Returns:</strong> true - Command intercepted and handled do not continue with command handling. false - Continue with execCommand handling, bubble. <br>
<hr noshade>
<span class="subtitle">The TinyMCE_<font color="#CC0000">&lt;theme or plugin&gt;</font>_getControlHTML(control_name) function (Optional)</span>
<p>This function is called when a editor needs to render a specific control/button. This function should return the HTML template of that control or a empty string if the control_name wasn't recognized. Notice the variable {$pluginurl} gets replaced with the URL prefix for the current plugin directory. </p>
<strong>Parameters:<br>
<br>
</strong>
<table border="1" cellspacing="0">
<tr>
<td width="150"><span class="subtitle">control_name</span></td>
<td>Control name to match agains for example &quot;iespell&quot; for the iespell plugin.</td>
</tr>
</table>
<br>
<strong>Returns:</strong> return the HTML template of that control or a empty string if the control_name wasn't recognized.
<hr noshade>
<span class="subtitle"><a name="cleanup"></a>The TinyMCE_<font color="#CC0000">&lt;plugin&gt;</font>_cleanup(type, content) function (Optional)</span>
<p>This function is called when a editor does cleanup of contents.</p>
<strong>Parameters:<br>
<br>
</strong>
<table border="1" cellspacing="0">
<tr>
<td><span class="subtitle">type</span></td>
<td>Type of cleanup, insert_to_editor or get_from_editor. Insert to editor is passed when new content is placed within the editor and get_from_editor is when content is passed out from the editor. </td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="150"><strong>content</strong></td>
<td>HTML contents to be cleaned up, this string contains the HTML code. </td>
</tr>
</table>
<br>
<strong>Returns:</strong> return the cleaned up HTML code.<br>
<hr noshade>
<table width="100%" border="0" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="3" class="pagefooter">
<tr>
<td>Go to: <a href="index.htm">Table of contents</a></td>
<td align="right"><a href="#">Top</a></td>
</tr>
</table>
<br>
</BODY>
</HTML>

770
www/extras/tinymce/docs/using.htm
View file

@ -1,770 +0,0 @@
<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN">
<html>
<head>
<title>Using/Integrating TinyMCE</title>
<link href="style.css" rel="stylesheet" type="text/css">
</head>
<body>
<table width="100%" border="0" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="3" class="pageheader">
<tr>
<td><span class="title">Using/Integrating TinyMCE</span></td>
<td align="right"><a href="index.htm">TOC</a></td>
</tr>
</table>
<hr noshade>
<br>
<a name="init"></a>
<span class="subtitle">Initialization</span><br>
<br>
Inorder to initialize the TinyMCE the following code must be placed within HEAD
element of a document. The following example is configurated to convert all TEXTAREA
elements to editors when the page loads, there are other modes aswell they are
described in greater detail later on.<br>
<br>
<table border="0" cellspacing="3" cellpadding="2" class="sample">
<tr>
<td class="samplecontent">&lt;!-- tinyMCE --&gt;<br>
&lt;script language=&quot;javascript&quot; type=&quot;text/javascript&quot;
src=&quot;<font color="#990000">jscripts/tiny_mce/tiny_mce.js</font>&quot;&gt;&lt;/script&gt;<br>
&lt;script language=&quot;javascript&quot; type=&quot;text/javascript&quot;&gt;<br>
&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;<font color="#000099">tinyMCE.init({<br>
&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;mode : &quot;textareas&quot;<br>
&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;});</font><br>
&lt;/script&gt;<br>
&lt;!-- /tinyMCE --&gt;</td>
</tr>
</table>
<br>
Notice the red section above is the location to them tiny_mce.js script file,
this file contains all code needed by the editor, themes and language packs are
loaded upon initialization.<br>
The blue section above is the initialization call, this sets up the TinyMCE global
instance, the settings or name/value pairs are described later on.<br>
<br>
<a name="settings" id="settings"></a> <span class="subtitle">Settings</span><br>
<br>
The settings that are passed as an name/value collection to the init method in
tinyMCE controls the global behavior of the application. Each of these keys and
their possible values are described below. Notice, names within [] are considered
optional and is not a requierd setting.<br>
<br>
<table border="1" cellspacing="0">
<tr bgcolor="#CCCCCC">
<td colspan="2"><strong>General settings </strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="150"><strong>mode</strong></td>
<td>Mode can be one of the following values:<br> <br> <strong>textareas</strong>
- Converts all TEXTAREA elements to editors upon pageload.<br> <strong>specific_textareas</strong>
- Converts all TEXTAREA elements with the attribute &quot;mce_editable&quot;
set to true.<br> <strong>exact</strong> - Converts only explicit elements,
these are listed in the &quot;elements&quot; setting. </td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="150"><strong>[theme]</strong></td>
<td>Theme template to use, this should be a name of the theme and the themes
are located in the themes directory of TinyMCE. Defaults to &quot;default.
TinyMCE is distributed with 3 build in themes these are simple, default
and advanced. If you want to create your own themes please read more about
it in the <a href="themes.htm">theme</a> section of the documentation. </td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>[plugins]</strong></td>
<td>This option is a comma sparated list with chained theme plugins to for
example only extend only the image dialog, these extentions override functions
defined in the theme template. The plugin logic should be included in a
file called &quot;editor_plugin.js&quot; is the only one that is included
from the plugin directory. Example: &quot;my_image_dialog,my_link_dialog&quot;.
If you want to create your own plugins please read more about it in
the <a href="themes.htm">theme</a> section of the documentation.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="150"><strong>[language]</strong></td>
<td>Language pack to use with TinyMCE, this should be a <a href="http://www.loc.gov/standards/iso639-2/englangn.html">ISO-639-2</a> code and it's used to retrive the language packs located in &quot;langs&quot;. This setting defaults to &quot;en&quot;.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="150"><strong>[elements]</strong></td>
<td>Comma separated list of elements to convert to editors, this option is
only used when &quot;mode&quot; is set to &quot;exact&quot;. This list of
elements may be any HTML element as long as it has an id or name attribute.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>[ask]</strong></td>
<td>When the &quot;mode&quot; is set to &quot;textareas&quot; or &quot;specific_textareas&quot;
this option apply and asks the user if the area is to be converted to a
editor instance or not. Set it to true if you want to enable this option.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>[textarea_trigger]</strong></td>
<td>Name of textarea trigger attribute, this defaults to &quot;mce_editable&quot;.
This option is only used when &quot;mode&quot; is set to specific_textareas.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>[valid_elements]</strong></td>
<td>Comma separated list element convertion parts.<br> <br>
For example: a[href|target=_blank],strong/b,div[align],br.<br> <br>
The example string above tells TinyMCE to remove all elements that are not
a &quot;a, strong, div or br&quot; element, convert b elements to strong
elements, default target to &quot;_blank&quot; and keep the href, target
and align attributes of the elements. Wildcards such as *,+,? may be used in element or attribute name matching. <br>
<br> <strong>Characters:</strong><br>
<table border="0" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="3">
<tr>
<td>&nbsp;,&nbsp;</td>
<td>Separates element definitions.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>&nbsp;/&nbsp;</td>
<td>Separates element synonymous. The first element is the one that
will be outputted.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>&nbsp;|&nbsp;</td>
<td>Separates attribute definitions.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>&nbsp;[&nbsp;</td>
<td>Starts a new attribute list for a element definition.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>&nbsp;]&nbsp;</td>
<td>Ends a attribute list for a element definition.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>&nbsp;=&nbsp;</td>
<td>Makes the attribute to default to the specified value. For example
&quot;target=_blank&quot;</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>&nbsp;:&nbsp;</td>
<td>Makes the attribute to be forced to the specified value. For example &quot;border:0&quot;</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>&nbsp;&lt;&nbsp;</td>
<td>Verifies the value of a attribute. For example &quot;target&lt;_blank?_self&quot;</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>&nbsp;?&nbsp;</td>
<td>Separates attribute verification values, see above. </td>
</tr>
</table>
<br>
<strong>Special variables:</strong><br>
{$uid} - Results in a unique ID. For example &quot;p[id:{$uid}]&quot;.<br>
<br>
This option defaults to the following pattern:<br> &quot;a[href|target],strong/b[class],em/i[class],strike[class],u[class],p[class|align],ol,ul,li,br,<br>
img[class|src|border=0|alt|hspace|vspace|width|height|align],sub,sup,blockquote[dir|style],<br>
table[border=0|cellspacing|cellpadding|width|height|class|align],tr[rowspan],<br>
td[colspan|rowspan|width|height],div[class|align],span[class|align],pre[class|align],<br>
address[class|align],h1[class|align],h2[class|align],h3[class|align],<br>
h4[class|align],h5[class|align],h6[class|align],hr&quot;.<br>
<br>
Use *[*] to include all elements and all attributes this can be very useful when used with the invalid_elements option. </td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>[extended_valid_elements]</strong></td>
<td>Adds valid elements to the end of the &quot;valid_elements&quot; list.
This option can be useful when you just want to add a few elements to the
default list. The format of this option is the same as &quot;valid_elements&quot;.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>[invalid_elements]</strong></td>
<td>Comma spearated list of element names to be excluded from output. </td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>[trim_span_elements]</strong></td>
<td>True/False option, if this option is set to true unneeded span element will be removed. Default value is true.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>[verify_css_classes]</strong></td>
<td>True/False option, if this option is set to true CSS class attributes will be verified against the CSS. Default value is true.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>[verify_html]</strong></td>
<td>True/False option is the HTML contents should be verified or not. Default value is true.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>[urlconvertor_callback]</strong></td>
<td>Function name to call when URL:s are processed by the cleanup process
the function should be in the following format. func(url, node, on_save)
and should return the converted URL. This setting is to be used for integration
purposes only. The url parameter contains the URL to be converted, the node
is the actual node that contains the URL and the on_save is a true/false
state that is true if the user submits a form.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>[preformatted]</strong></td>
<td>True/False option, if this option is set to true the editor will insert
TAB characters on tab and preserve other whitespace characters just like
a PRE HTML element does. This option is set to false by default.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>[insertlink_callback]</strong></td>
<td>Name of function to call when &quot;insertlink&quot; command is executed.
This function gets the selected link url and target and should return a
array with &quot;href&quot;, &quot;target&quot; and &quot;title&quot; as collection names or
call the tinyMCE.insertLink on window.opener for compatiblity with Mozilla
if a new window was used. Function format: linkcallback(href, target, title, action).</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>[insertimage_callback]</strong></td>
<td>Name of function to call when &quot;insertimage&quot; command is executed.
This function gets the selected image url and should return a array with
a collection names src and alt or call the tinyMCE.insertImage on window.opener
for compatiblity with Mozilla if a new window was used. Function format:
insertimage(src, alt, border, hspace, vspace, width, height, align, title,
onmouseover, onmouseout, action).</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>[setupcontent_callback]</strong></td>
<td>Name of function to be called when a editor instance is initialized, Function format: setupContentCallback(editor_id, node), where the editor_id is the id of the editor and node is the body element node of the editors iframe.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>[save_callback]</strong></td>
<td>Name of function to call when the triggerSave function is called. Function
format: save(id, content, node), if a return value is specified that value
will be added to the HTML form element. So it's possible to add custom convertion
logic in this function.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>[docs_language]</strong></td>
<td>Documentation language to use with TinyMCE, this should be the FN codes
like se, uk, us and so forth and it's used to retrive the docs located in
&quot;&lt;theme&gt;/docs/&lt;lang&gt;&quot;. This setting defaults to the
&quot;language&quot; option.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>[width]</strong></td>
<td>Width of editor instances, this defaults to the width of the element that
was replaced. </td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>[height]</strong></td>
<td>Height of editor instances, this defaults to the height of the element
that was replaced. </td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>[content_css]</strong></td>
<td>CSS to be used for the content window/iframe. This should be a page relative
path.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>[popups_css]</strong></td>
<td>CSS to be used for the popup windows like insertlink and insertimage.
This should be a page relative path.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>[editor_css]</strong></td>
<td>CSS to be used for the editor. This should be a page relative path.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>[encoding]</strong></td>
<td>Output encoding for the editor, this option may only be &quot;html&quot;
or nothing at the time. If this option is set to &quot;html&quot; the output
will be HTML encoded so &lt; will be &amp;lt; and so forth. The default
value of this option is nothing.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>[debug]</strong></td>
<td>True/False option, if this one is set to true debug information like paths
to CSS files and so fort are displayed.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>[visual]</strong></td>
<td>True/False option, if this attribute is set to true visual aid lines will
be applied to tables with border size set to 0. This option is on by default.
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>[visual_table_style]</strong></td>
<td>Enables users to set the visual aid style of tables with a custom look
and feel. The default value of this option is: &quot;border: 1px dashed
#BBBBBB&quot;.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>[add_form_submit_trigger]</strong></td>
<td>True/False option. If this option is set to true a event handler will be added do &quot;onsubmit&quot; on all forms to force triggerSave. The default value of this option is true.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>[add_unload_trigger]</strong></td>
<td>True/False option. If this option is set to true a event handler will
be added do &quot;onunload&quot; of the current window to force a triggerSave call. This triggerSave call will not do any cleanup since this is for handling of back/forward history buttons. The
default value of this option is true.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>[force_br_newlines]</strong></td>
<td>True/False option. This option forces output of BR elements instead of P elements. The default state of this option is off/false. (Experimental)</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>[force_p_newlines]</strong></td>
<td>True/False option. If this option is enabled Mozilla/Firefox will generate P elements on Enter/Return key and BR elements on Shift+Enter/Return. This option is enabled by default. </td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>[relative_urls]</strong></td>
<td>True/False option. If this option is enabled absolute URLs are converted
to relative URLs. The default state of this option is true.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>[remove_script_host]</strong></td>
<td>True/False option. If this option is enabled the host and port from URLs
are removed if they point within the same host as the script. For example
if the editor is location on http://www.somesite.com a link to http://www.somesite.com/somedir/somepage.html
will result in /somedir/somepage.html, i.e absolute within the same host.
This behavior is on by default if the relative_urls option is set to false.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>[focus_alert]</strong></td>
<td>True/False option. If this option is enabled a annoying alert will be
shown when the editor isn't focused. The default state of this option is
true.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>[document_base_url]</strong></td>
<td>This document URL is used when converting absolute URLs to relative URLs. This option defaults the the editor instances current document. Notice if this option points to a domain remember to use the protocol part and this option should be ended with a trailing slash. Example: http://www.somehost.com/mydir/</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>[custom_undo_redo]</strong></td>
<td>This option enables the custom undo/redo logic that makes undo/redo work better. This is a True/False option and it's enabled by default.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>[custom_undo_redo_levels]</strong></td>
<td>This option sets the maximum number of undo levels, there is no limit by default.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>[custom_undo_redo_keyboard_shortcuts]</strong></td>
<td>If enabled keyboard shortcuts for Ctrl+Z and Ctrl+Y is added to the editor. This option is enabled by default. </td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>[fix_content_duplication]</strong></td>
<td>This option enables a fix for the content duplication bug that appears in MSIE. This fix is enabled by default but can be disabled for compatiblity reasons. True/False option. </td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>[directionality]</strong></td>
<td>This option enables the possibility to change the text directionality to for example Arabic languages. Possible values: ltr, rtl. Default to: ltr. </td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>[auto_cleanup_word]</strong></td>
<td>If enabled cleanup of MS office/Word HTML will be executed automaticly on paste operations. The default value of this option is false. Note: This option is currently only available for MSIE. </td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>[cleanup_on_startup]</strong></td>
<td>If enabled contents of textareas and elements will be cleaned upon editor initialization. The default value for this option is false.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>[inline_styles]</strong></td>
<td>If enabled attributes like width, height, vspace, hspace and align gets placed within the style attribute instead. The default value for this option is false. Remeber to enable the style attribute in valid elements when using this one. </td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>[convert_newlines_to_brs]</strong></td>
<td>If enabled all \n (new lines) will be converted to &lt;br /&gt; elements on loading, this option defaults to false. </td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>[auto_reset_designmode]</strong></td>
<td>Becurse there are bugs when showing/hiding a TinyMCE editor by using the style.display none/block method the designmode needs to be resetted, this option enabled this value to be auto resetted each time a area is focused, this option is disabled by default. </td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>[entities]</strong></td>
<td>Comma separated list of the entitiy lookup table used to convert char codes into names such as &amp;oring;. This list is in a odd, even format where odd values are the numbers to be converted and the even is the entity name that represents that number. For example: &quot;8205,zwj,8206,lrm,8207,rlm,173,shy&quot;.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>[cleanup_callback]</strong></td>
<td>Custom cleanup callback function, this enabled users to add custom cleanup logic to extend the build in one. This callback is called separatly from the default one, it doesn't replace the old one it just extends it. Check the <a href="themes.htm#cleanup">plugin cleanup</a> function for more details.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>[nowrap]</strong></td>
<td>Sets the how content is to be word wrapped. This option is a true/false option and is disabled by default. </td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>[external_link_list_url]</strong></td>
<td>URL to a backend page (PHP,ASP,ASPX,JSP) that is to populate a array with links called tinyMCELinkList check the <a href="../examples/example_link_list.js">example_link_list.js</a> for a example format. This option enables you to better integrate TinyMCE with a backend system. </td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>[external_image_list_url]</strong></td>
<td>URL to a backend page (PHP,ASP,ASPX,JSP) that is to populate a array with links called tinyMCEImageList check the <a href="../examples/example_image_list.js">example_image_list.js</a> for a example format. This option enables you to better integrate TinyMCE with a backend system. </td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>[file_browser_callback]</strong></td>
<td>String containting the callback function to execute on all &quot;browse&quot; buttons. These buttons will apaear when this option is enabled. The callback function format is: fileBrowserCallBack(field_name, url, type). Where field_name is the form field to place browse result in and the url is the url that is to be changed and type is link/image or flash. </td>
</tr>
<tr bgcolor="#CCCCCC">
<td colspan="2"><strong>Advanced theme specific settings </strong></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>[theme_advanced_toolbar_location]</strong></td>
<td>This option enabled you to change the location of the toolbar. Possible values are &quot;top&quot; and &quot;bottom&quot;. The default value is &quot;bottom&quot;. </td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>[theme_advanced_toolbar_align]</strong></td>
<td>This option enabled you to change toolbar alignment to left, center or right. This option defaults to center. </td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>[theme_advanced_styles]</strong></td>
<td>This option enables you to add CSS classes and names for them to the style
selection droplist. The format is &quot;&lt;title&gt;=&lt;class&gt;;..&quot;.
If this option isn't used the content CSS classes will automaticly be imported.<br>
Example: &quot;Header 1=header1;Header 2=header2;Header 3=header3&quot;</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>[theme_advanced_buttons1]</strong></td>
<td>Comma separated list of buttons to include on row 1. For example &quot;bold,italic,underline&quot;.<br>
<br>
Possible button names:<br>
bold, italic, underline, strikethrough, justifyleft, justifycenter, justifyright,
justifyfull, styleselect, bullist, numlist, outdent, indent, undo,redo,
link, unlink, image, cleanup, help, code, table, row_before, row_after,
delete_row, separator, rowseparator, col_before, col_after, delete_col, hr, removeformat,
sub, sup, formatselect, fontselect, fontsizeselect, forecolor,charmap,visualaid,spacer,cut,copy,paste</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>[theme_advanced_buttons2]</strong></td>
<td>Same as above but the 2:nd row.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>[theme_advanced_buttons3]</strong></td>
<td>Same as above but the 3:nd row.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>[theme_advanced_buttons&lt;N&gt;_add]</strong></td>
<td>Adds extra controls/buttons to the specified row (N). For example: theme_advaned_buttons3_add : &quot;iespell&quot;.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>[theme_advanced_buttons&lt;N&gt;_add_before]</strong></td>
<td>Adds extra controls/buttons to the specified row (N) before the default ones. For example: theme_advaned_buttons3_add_before : &quot;iespell&quot;.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>[theme_advanced_disable]</strong></td>
<td>Comma separated list of buttons/elements to be disabled for example &quot;formatselect&quot;.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>[theme_advanced_source_editor_width]</strong></td>
<td>Source editor window width.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>[theme_advanced_source_editor_height]</strong></td>
<td>Source editor window height.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>[theme_advanced_path_location]</strong></td>
<td>Location of element path list. Possible values &quot;top&quot; or &quot;bottom&quot;. Defaults to &quot;none&quot; </td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>[theme_advanced_blockformats]</strong></td>
<td>Comma separated list of blockformats for the formatselect list. Defaults to: p,address,pre,h1,h2,h3,h4,h5,h6.</td>
</tr>
</table>
<br>
Heres a example of a more complex initialization:<br>
<br>
<table border="0" cellspacing="3" cellpadding="2" class="sample">
<tr>
<td class="samplecontent">&lt;!-- tinyMCE --&gt;<br> &lt;script language=&quot;javascript&quot;
type=&quot;text/javascript&quot; src=&quot;<font color="#990000">jscripts/tiny_mce/tiny_mce.js</font>&quot;&gt;&lt;/script&gt;<br>
&lt;script language=&quot;javascript&quot; type=&quot;text/javascript&quot;&gt;<br>
&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;<font color="#000099">tinyMCE.init({<br>
&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;mode : &quot;exact&quot;,<br>
&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;theme : &quot;mytheme&quot;,<br>
&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;language : &quot;se&quot;,<br>
&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;elements : &quot;elm1,elm2&quot;<br>
&nbsp;&nbsp;});</font><br> &lt;/script&gt;<br> &lt;!-- /tinyMCE --&gt;</td>
</tr>
</table>
<br>
<a name="functions" id="functions"></a> <span class="subtitle"><strong>Functions</strong></span><strong>
(For advanced usage)</strong><br>
<br>
TinyMCE has a global instance with some public functions that can be called from
the page.<br>
<hr noshade>
<strong>Syntax:</strong> tinyMCE.triggerSave([skip_cleanup]);<br>
<br>
<strong>Description: </strong>Makes a cleanup and moves the contents from the
editor to the form field. This method is automaticly called by tinyMCE by adding
a trigger on the forms submit method.<br>
<br>
<strong>Parameters:</strong><br>
[skip_cleanup] - Disables the cleanup process of trigger save. Defaults to false. (Optional)<br>
<br>
<strong>Returns:</strong> Nothing<br>
<hr noshade>
<strong>Syntax:</strong> tinyMCE.updateContent(form_element_name);<br>
<br>
<strong>Description: </strong>Moves the contents from the form element to the
editor, this does the opposite of triggerSave(). This method can be used when
you want to change the contents of the editor dynamicly.<br>
<br>
<strong>Parameters:<br>
</strong>form_element_name - The name of the form element to get contents from.<br>
<br>
<strong>Returns:</strong> Nothing
<hr noshade>
<strong>Syntax:</strong> tinyMCE.execInstanceCommand(editor_id, command, [user_interface], [value]);<br>
<br>
<strong>Description: </strong>This method executes a command by name on the editor instance specified by the editor_id parameter.<br>
<br>
<strong>Parameters:</strong><br>
editor_id - ID of editor instance or element id/name of the replaced element.<br>
command - Command to execute check the execCommand function for details.<br>
[user_interface] - Is a user interface to be used or not.<br>
[value] - Value to pass with command for example a URL. <br>
<br>
<strong>Returns:</strong> Nothing
<hr noshade>
<strong><a name="execcommand"></a>Syntax:</strong> tinyMCE.execCommand(command, [user_interface], [value]);<br>
<br>
<strong>Description: </strong>This method executes a command by name on the selected
editor instance.<br>
<br>
<strong>Parameters:<br>
</strong>command - Command to execute for example &quot;Bold&quot; or &quot;Italic&quot;.
These are defined by<a href="http://www.mozilla.org/editor/midas-spec.html" target="_blank">
Mozilla Midas spec.</a> But there are a some tinyMCE specific commands. <br>
<br>
<table border="1" cellspacing="0">
<tr>
<td width="150"><strong>mceLink</strong></td>
<td>Opens the insert link dialog and inserts a link.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="150"><strong>mceImage</strong></td>
<td>Opens the insert image dialog and inserts a image.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>mceCleanup</strong></td>
<td>Removed unwanted elements and attributes from the HTML code.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>mceHelp</strong></td>
<td>Opens the manual pages.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>mceAddControl</strong></td>
<td>Adds a editor control to the element id/name specified as value. </td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>mceRemoveControl</strong></td>
<td>Removes a specific control by editor_id name. The value is the editor_id to remove, editor ids are in the following format: &quot;mce_editor_&lt;index&gt;&quot;. DOM element ids and form element names can allso be used. </td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>mceFocus</strong></td>
<td>Focuses the editor by the id placed in value. Editor id's are in the format &quot;mce_editor_&lt;index&gt;&quot;. DOM element ids and form element names can allso be used. </td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>mceSetCSSClass</strong></td>
<td>Sets the CSS class attribute or creates a new span of the selection. The value is the css class name to assign to selected element or new span element. </td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>mceInsertContent</strong></td>
<td>Inserts contents of value parameter to current cursor position.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>mceReplaceContent</strong></td>
<td>Replaces the current selection with the HTML code in value. The {$selection} variable gets replaced with the currently selected text contents. </td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>mceSetAttribute</strong></td>
<td><p>Sets a attribute of the currenly selected element. The value of this command should be a name/value array with the following parameters.<br>
<br>
<strong>name</strong> - Attribute name to set.<br>
<strong>value</strong> - Attrbute value to set.<br>
<strong>[targets]</strong> - Target elements to add attribute on. Default: p,img,span,div,td,h1,h2,h3,h4,h5,h6,pre,address.<br>
<br>
Example of usage:<br>
tinyMCE.execCommand('mceSetAttribute',false,{name:'align',value:'right'});</p></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>mceToggleVisualAid</strong></td>
<td><p>Toggles visual aid/guidelines mode on/off.</p></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>mceAnchor</strong></td>
<td><p>Inserts a named anchor element, the value is the name of the anchor. </p></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>mceResetDesignMode</strong></td>
<td><p>Resets the designMode state of all editor instances, this command is useful on Firefox if the editor is placed in tabs or shown/hidden with style.display=&quot;none/block&quot;. Call this command after the editor displayed again. </p></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>mceSelectNode</strong></td>
<td><p>Selects the node/element passed as value. This command will also scroll to the elements location within the editor. </p></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>mceSelectNodeDepth</strong></td>
<td><p>Selects the node/element by depth relative from the current node. So a value of 0 will select the currently focused node. This command will also scroll to the elements location within the editor. </p>
</td>
</tr>
</table>
<br>
user_interface - Tells if the command is to display a user interface or not. True/False
option.<br>
value - Value to pass for the command for example to insertLink it's the URL of
the link.<br>
<br>
<strong>Returns:</strong> Nothing<br>
<br>
<strong>Example:</strong><br>
<table border="0" cellspacing="3" cellpadding="2" class="sample">
<tr>
<td class="samplecontent">&lt;a href=&quot;<font color="#990000">javascript:tinymce.execCommand('Bold');</font>&quot;&gt;[Do
bold]&lt;/a&gt;</td>
</tr>
</table>
<hr noshade>
<strong>Syntax:</strong> tinyMCE.insertLink(href, target);<br>
<br>
<strong>Description: </strong>This method inserts a link a the cursor position
of the selected editor instance or updates the selected link with new data. This
method should be called upon &quot;ok&quot; in the insertLink popup when you create
custom themes.<br>
<br>
<strong>Parameters:<br>
</strong>href - HREF/URL of the link.<br>
target - Target of the link.<br>
<br>
<strong>Returns:</strong> Nothing
<hr noshade>
<strong>Syntax:</strong> tinyMCE.insertImage(src, alt, border, hspace, vspace,
width, height, align, title, onmouseover, onmouseout);<br>
<br>
<strong>Description: </strong>This method inserts a image a the cursor position
of the selected editor instance or updates the selected image with new data. This
method should be called upon &quot;ok&quot; in the insertImage popup when you
create custom themes.<br>
<br>
<strong>Parameters:<br>
</strong>src - Image src url.<br>
alt - Alternative text of img element.<br>
border - Border of image element.<br>
hspace - Horizontal spacing of image element.<br>
vspace - Vertical spacing of image element.<br>
width - Width f image element.<br>
height - height f image element.<br>
align - Alignt of image element.<br>
title - Link title of image element.<br>
onmouseover - On mouse over event handler of image element.<br>
onmouseout - On mouse out event handler of image element.<br>
<br>
<strong>Returns:</strong> Nothing
<hr noshade>
<strong>Syntax:</strong> tinyMCE.triggerNodeChange();<br>
<br>
<strong>Description: </strong>This method is to be called when external changes
is made to the editor. This method will then call the &quot;handleNodeChangeCallback&quot;
callback in the theme.<br>
<br>
<strong>Parameters: </strong>None<br>
<br>
<strong>Returns:</strong> Nothing
<hr noshade>
<strong>Syntax:</strong> tinyMCE.getContent();<br>
<br>
<strong>Description: </strong>This method returns the HTML contents of the currently selected editor or null if no editor was selected.<br>
<br>
<strong>Parameters: </strong>None<br>
<br>
<strong>Returns:</strong> HTML contents of the currently selected editor or null.
<hr noshade>
<strong>Syntax:</strong> tinyMCE.setContent(html);<br>
<br>
<strong>Description: </strong>This method sets the HTML contents of the currently selected editor.<br>
<br>
<strong>Parameters:<br>
</strong>html - HTML Source code to set. <br>
<br>
<strong>Returns:</strong> None.
<hr noshade>
<strong>Syntax:</strong> tinyMCE.getEditorInstance(editor_id);<br>
<br>
<strong>Description: </strong>This method returns a editor instance by editor id. <br>
<br>
<strong>Parameters:<br>
</strong>editor_id - Editor instance to retrive. <br>
<br>
<strong>Returns:</strong> TinyMCE Editor instance (TinyMCEControl).
<hr noshade>
<strong>Syntax:</strong> tinyMCE.importThemeLanguagePack([theme]);<br>
<br>
<strong>Description: </strong>This method imports/loads theme specific language packs. This may be called from custom themes. <br>
<br>
<strong>Parameters:</strong><br>
[theme] - Name of the current theme. This is a optional parameter it defaults to the global &quot;theme&quot; setting. This parameter is useful within theme plugins.<br>
<br>
<strong>Returns:</strong> None.
<hr noshade>
<strong>Syntax:</strong> tinyMCE.importPluginLanguagePack(plugin, valid_languages);<br>
<br>
<strong>Description: </strong>This method imports/loads plugin specific language packs. This may be called from custom plugins. <br>
<br>
<strong>Parameters:</strong><br>
plugin - Name of the current plugin.<br>
valid_languages - Comma separated list of supported languagepacks.<br>
<br>
<strong>Returns:</strong> None.
<hr noshade>
<strong>Syntax:</strong> tinyMCE.applyTemplate(html);<br>
<br>
<strong>Description: </strong>This method replaces settings and lang variables in the theme. <br>
<br>
<strong>Parameters:</strong>
<br>
html - HTML code to apply theme variable substitution on. <br>
<br>
<strong>Returns:</strong> New converted, HTML code.
<hr noshade>
<strong>Syntax:</strong> tinyMCE.openWindow(template, [args]);<br>
<br>
<strong>Description: </strong>This method opens a new window by the template data assigned, it will get the width, height and html data from template parameters. The args array contains variable names to be substituted.<br>
<br>
There are some custom window arguments:<br>
mce_replacevariables
- Enables/Disables the language/variable replacement of the document HTML. Enabled by default.<br>
mce_windowresize - Enables/Disables the auto resize feature of popupwindows. Enabled by default.<br>
<br>
<strong>Parameters:</strong> <br>
template - Name/Value array with width, height, html and file keys in it. <br>
[args] - Name/Value array with variable names to replace. Variables in the template file key value (URL) gets replaced with the argument list. For example: image.php?src={$src} gets replaced with image.php?src=image.gif.<br>
<br>
<strong>Returns:</strong> None.
<hr noshade>
<strong>Syntax:</strong> tinyMCE.getWindowArg(name, [default_value]);<br>
<br>
<strong>Description: </strong>This method returns a window argument defined by name. This function is to be used in theme popup windows to retrive dialog parameters. <br>
<br>
<strong>Parameters:</strong> <br>
name - Name of window argument to get. <br>
[default_value] - Default value to be returned if window argument is missing. <br>
<br>
<strong>Returns:</strong> Window argument value.
<hr noshade>
<strong>Syntax:</strong> tinyMCE.setWindowArg(name, value);<br>
<br>
<strong>Description: </strong>This method sets a window argument by name. This can for example be useful if plugin are to call other plugins. <br>
<br>
<strong>Parameters:</strong> <br>
name - Name of window argument to set. <br>
value - Value to set in window argument. <br>
<br>
<strong>Returns:</strong> Window argument value.
<hr noshade>
<strong>Syntax:</strong> tinyMCE.getParam(name, [default_value], [strip_whitespace]);<br>
<br>
<strong>Description: </strong>This method returns a TinyMCE configuration parameter. <br>
<br>
<strong>Parameters:</strong> <br>
name - Name of window argument to get. <br>
[default_value] - Default value to be returned if window argument is missing. <br>
[strip_whitespace] - If true all whitespace will be removed from return value, default: false. <br>
<br>
<strong>Returns:</strong> TinyMCE configuration parameter.<br>
<hr noshade>
<table width="100%" border="0" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="3" class="pagefooter">
<tr>
<td>Go to: <a href="index.htm">Table of contents</a></td>
<td align="right"><a href="#">Top</a></td>
</tr>
</table>
<br>
</body>
</html>

39
www/extras/tinymce/docs/zh_cn/about.htm
View file

@ -1,39 +0,0 @@
<HTML>
<HEAD>
<TITLE>关于TinyMCE</TITLE>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=gb2312">
<link href="style.css" rel="stylesheet" type="text/css">
</HEAD>
<BODY>
<table width="100%" border="0" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="3" class="pageheader">
<tr>
<td><span class="title">关于 TinyMCE</span></td>
<td align="right"><a href="index.htm">内容提要</a></td>
</tr>
</table>
<hr noshade>
<br>
<strong>概述</strong><br>
TinyMCE是一种适用于MSIE和Mozilla等浏览器的轻量级所见即所得编辑器，以更加友好的方式供用户编辑HTML内容。它小而灵活，为集成而构建，已在Intranets, CMS, LMS之类的系统中有使用先例.<br>
<br>
TinyMCE由MoxieCode Systems AB开发，根据&quot;LGPL&quot;版权协议发行，请查看版权许可以获取更多细节。<br>
<br>
<STRONG>特征</STRONG><BR>
- 易于集成，只需两行代码.<BR>
- 支持模板和自定义主题.<BR>
- 便于使用自定义代码扩展.<BR>
- 可定制的HTML输出.屏蔽组件，强加属性.<BR>
- 国际语言（语言包）支持，目前包括：英国英语，瑞典英语，意大利语，德语，荷兰，当然还有中文.<BR>
- 多浏览器支持，目前有：Mozilla, MSIE 及 FireFox.<br>
<hr noshade>
<table width="100%" border="0" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="3" class="pagefooter">
<tr>
<td>返回&nbsp;<a href="index.htm">内容提要</a></td>
<td align="right"><a href="#">顶部</a></td>
</tr>
</table>
<br>
</BODY>
</HTML>

355
www/extras/tinymce/docs/zh_cn/compatiblity.htm
View file

@ -1,355 +0,0 @@
<html>
<head>
<title>兼容性图</title>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=gb2312">
<link href="style.css" rel="stylesheet" type="text/css">
</head>
<body>
<table class="pageheader" border="0" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="3"
width="100%">
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><span class="title">兼容性图</span></td>
<td align="right"><a href="index.htm">内容提要</a></td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<hr noshade="noshade">
已经测试过的浏览器及平台设置矩阵：<br>
<br>
<table cellpadding="4" cellspacing="1" bgcolor="#000000">
<tbody>
<tr bgcolor="#FFFFFF">
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><br>
</td>
<td style="vertical-align: top; text-align: center;">Windows XP<br>
</td>
<td style="vertical-align: top; text-align: center;">Linux(Debian)<br>
</td>
<td style="vertical-align: top; text-align: center;">MacOS X 10.3<br>
</td>
<td style="vertical-align: top; text-align: center;">MacOS 9<br>
</td>
</tr>
<tr bgcolor="#FFFFFF">
<td bgcolor="#EEEEEE" style="vertical-align: top;">MSIE 6 </td>
<td style="vertical-align: top; text-align: center;"><span
style="color: rgb(0, 102, 0);"></span><sup></sup><span
style="color: rgb(0, 102, 0);">OK</span> </td>
<td style="vertical-align: top; text-align: center;"><br>
</td>
<td style="vertical-align: top; text-align: center;"><br>
</td>
<td style="vertical-align: top; text-align: center;"><br>
</td>
</tr>
<tr bgcolor="#FFFFFF">
<td bgcolor="#EEEEEE" style="vertical-align: top;">MSIE 5.5 SP2<br>
</td>
<td style="vertical-align: top; text-align: center;"><span
style="color: rgb(0, 102, 0);">OK</span></td>
<td style="vertical-align: top; text-align: center;"><br>
</td>
<td style="vertical-align: top; text-align: center;"><br>
</td>
<td style="vertical-align: top; text-align: center;"><br>
</td>
</tr>
<tr bgcolor="#FFFFFF">
<td bgcolor="#EEEEEE" style="vertical-align: top;">MSIE 5.2<br>
</td>
<td style="vertical-align: top; text-align: center;"><br>
</td>
<td style="vertical-align: top; text-align: center;"><br>
</td>
<td style="vertical-align: top; text-align: center;"><span
style="color: rgb(255, 128, 0);">TextArea</span></td>
<td style="vertical-align: top; text-align: center;"><br>
</td>
</tr>
<tr bgcolor="#FFFFFF">
<td bgcolor="#EEEEEE" style="vertical-align: top;">MSIE 5.01 SP2 </td>
<td style="vertical-align: top; text-align: center;"><span
style="color: rgb(0, 102, 0);">OK</span> <sup>(1)</sup></td>
<td style="vertical-align: top; text-align: center;"><br>
</td>
<td style="vertical-align: top; text-align: center;"><br>
</td>
<td style="vertical-align: top; text-align: center;"><br>
</td>
</tr>
<tr bgcolor="#FFFFFF">
<td bgcolor="#EEEEEE" style="vertical-align: top;">MSIE 5.0</td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><br>
</td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><br>
</td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><br>
</td>
<td style="vertical-align: top;"><span
style="color: rgb(255, 128, 0);">TextArea</span></td>
</tr>
<tr bgcolor="#FFFFFF">
<td bgcolor="#EEEEEE" style="vertical-align: top;">Netscape 7.2<br>
</td>
<td style="vertical-align: top; text-align: center;"><br>
</td>
<td style="vertical-align: top; text-align: center;"><br>
</td>
<td style="vertical-align: top; text-align: center;"><span
style="color: rgb(0, 102, 0);">OK</span></td>
<td style="vertical-align: top; text-align: center;"><br>
</td>
</tr>
<tr bgcolor="#FFFFFF">
<td bgcolor="#EEEEEE" style="vertical-align: top;">Netscape 7.1<br>
</td>
<td style="vertical-align: top; text-align: center;"><span
style="color: rgb(0, 102, 0);">OK</span></td>
<td style="vertical-align: top; text-align: center;"><br>
</td>
<td style="vertical-align: top; text-align: center;"><br>
</td>
<td style="vertical-align: top; text-align: center;"><br>
</td>
</tr>
<tr bgcolor="#FFFFFF">
<td bgcolor="#EEEEEE" style="vertical-align: top;">Netscape 7.0.2<br>
</td>
<td style="vertical-align: top; text-align: center;"><br>
</td>
<td style="vertical-align: top; text-align: center;"><br>
</td>
<td style="vertical-align: top; text-align: center;"><br>
</td>
<td style="vertical-align: top; text-align: center;"><span
style="color: rgb(255, 128, 0);">TextArea</span></td>
</tr>
<tr bgcolor="#FFFFFF">
<td bgcolor="#EEEEEE" style="vertical-align: top;">Mozilla 1.8<br>
</td>
<td style="vertical-align: top; text-align: center;"><span
style="color: rgb(0, 102, 0);"><br>
</span></td>
<td style="vertical-align: top; text-align: center;"><span
style="color: rgb(0, 102, 0);">OK</span></td>
<td style="vertical-align: top; text-align: center;"><br>
</td>
<td style="vertical-align: top; text-align: center;"><br>
</td>
</tr>
<tr bgcolor="#FFFFFF">
<td bgcolor="#EEEEEE" style="vertical-align: top;">Mozilla 1.7.3<br>
</td>
<td style="vertical-align: top; text-align: center;"><br>
</td>
<td style="vertical-align: top; text-align: center;"><br>
</td>
<td style="vertical-align: top; text-align: center;"><span
style="color: rgb(0, 102, 0);">OK</span></td>
<td style="vertical-align: top; text-align: center;"><br>
</td>
</tr>
<tr bgcolor="#FFFFFF">
<td bgcolor="#EEEEEE" style="vertical-align: top;">Mozilla 1.7.2<br>
</td>
<td style="vertical-align: top; text-align: center;"><span
style="color: rgb(0, 102, 0);"><br>
</span></td>
<td style="vertical-align: top; text-align: center;"><br>
</td>
<td style="vertical-align: top; text-align: center;"><br>
</td>
<td style="vertical-align: top; text-align: center;"><br>
</td>
</tr>
<tr bgcolor="#FFFFFF">
<td bgcolor="#EEEEEE" style="vertical-align: top;">Mozilla 1.7<br>
</td>
<td style="vertical-align: top; text-align: center;"><span
style="color: rgb(0, 102, 0);">OK</span></td>
<td style="vertical-align: top; text-align: center;"><span
style="color: rgb(0, 102, 0);">OK</span></td>
<td style="vertical-align: top; text-align: center;"><span
style="color: rgb(0, 102, 0);">OK</span></td>
<td style="vertical-align: top; text-align: center;"><br>
</td>
</tr>
<tr bgcolor="#FFFFFF">
<td bgcolor="#EEEEEE" style="vertical-align: top;">Mozilla 1.6<br>
</td>
<td style="vertical-align: top; text-align: center;"><span
style="color: rgb(0, 102, 0);">OK</span></td>
<td style="vertical-align: top; text-align: center;"><span
style="color: rgb(0, 102, 0);">OK</span></td>
<td style="vertical-align: top; text-align: center;"><br>
</td>
<td style="vertical-align: top; text-align: center;"><br>
</td>
</tr>
<tr bgcolor="#FFFFFF">
<td bgcolor="#EEEEEE" style="vertical-align: top;">Mozilla 1.5<br>
</td>
<td style="vertical-align: top; text-align: center;"><span
style="color: rgb(0, 102, 0);">OK</span> <sup>(2)</sup></td>
<td style="vertical-align: top; text-align: center;"><span
style="color: rgb(0, 102, 0);"><span style="color: rgb(0, 102, 0);">OK</span></span>
<sup>(2)</sup></td>
<td style="vertical-align: top; text-align: center;"><span
style="color: rgb(0, 102, 0);"><span style="color: rgb(0, 102, 0);">OK</span></span>
<sup>(2)</sup></td>
<td style="vertical-align: top; text-align: center;"><br>
</td>
</tr>
<tr bgcolor="#FFFFFF">
<td bgcolor="#EEEEEE" style="vertical-align: top;">Mozilla 1.4.1<br>
</td>
<td style="vertical-align: top; text-align: center;"><br>
</td>
<td style="vertical-align: top; text-align: center;"><span
style="color: rgb(0, 102, 0);">OK</span></td>
<td style="vertical-align: top; text-align: center;"><br>
</td>
<td style="vertical-align: top; text-align: center;"><br>
</td>
</tr>
<tr bgcolor="#FFFFFF">
<td bgcolor="#EEEEEE" style="vertical-align: top;">Mozilla 1.4<br>
</td>
<td style="vertical-align: top; text-align: center;"><span
style="color: rgb(0, 102, 0);">OK</span></td>
<td style="vertical-align: top; text-align: center;"><br>
</td>
<td style="vertical-align: top; text-align: center;"><br>
</td>
<td style="vertical-align: top; text-align: center;"><br>
</td>
</tr>
<tr bgcolor="#FFFFFF">
<td bgcolor="#EEEEEE" style="vertical-align: top;">Mozilla 1.3.1<br>
</td>
<td style="vertical-align: top; text-align: center;"><span
style="color: rgb(0, 102, 0);"><br>
</span></td>
<td style="vertical-align: top; text-align: center;"><span
style="color: rgb(0, 102, 0);">OK</span></td>
<td style="vertical-align: top; text-align: center;"><br>
</td>
<td style="vertical-align: top; text-align: center;"><span
style="color: rgb(0, 102, 0);"><span style="color: rgb(0, 102, 0);">OK</span></span>
<sup>(3)</sup></td>
</tr>
<tr bgcolor="#FFFFFF">
<td bgcolor="#EEEEEE" style="vertical-align: top;">Mozilla 1.3</td>
<td style="vertical-align: top; text-align: center;"><span
style="color: rgb(0, 102, 0);">OK</span></td>
<td style="vertical-align: top; text-align: center;"><br>
</td>
<td style="vertical-align: top; text-align: center;"><br>
</td>
<td style="vertical-align: top; text-align: center;"><br>
</td>
</tr>
<tr bgcolor="#FFFFFF">
<td bgcolor="#EEEEEE" style="vertical-align: top;">Firefox 1.0<br>
</td>
<td style="vertical-align: top; text-align: center;"><span
style="color: rgb(0, 102, 0);">OK</span></td>
<td style="vertical-align: top; text-align: center;"><br>
</td>
<td style="vertical-align: top; text-align: center;"><span
style="color: rgb(0, 102, 0);">OK</span> </td>
<td style="vertical-align: top; text-align: center;"><br>
</td>
</tr>
<tr bgcolor="#FFFFFF">
<td bgcolor="#EEEEEE" style="vertical-align: top;">Firefox 0.9<br>
</td>
<td style="vertical-align: top; text-align: center;"><span
style="color: rgb(0, 102, 0);">OK</span></td>
<td style="vertical-align: top; text-align: center;"><span
style="color: rgb(0, 102, 0);">OK</span></td>
<td style="vertical-align: top; text-align: center;"><br>
</td>
<td style="vertical-align: top; text-align: center;"><br>
</td>
</tr>
<tr bgcolor="#FFFFFF">
<td bgcolor="#EEEEEE" style="vertical-align: top;">Firefox 0.8<br>
</td>
<td style="vertical-align: top; text-align: center;"><span
style="color: rgb(0, 102, 0);">OK</span></td>
<td style="vertical-align: top; text-align: center;"><span
style="color: rgb(0, 102, 0);">OK</span></td>
<td style="vertical-align: top; text-align: center;"><br>
</td>
<td style="vertical-align: top; text-align: center;"><br>
</td>
</tr>
<tr bgcolor="#FFFFFF">
<td bgcolor="#EEEEEE" style="vertical-align: top;">Firebird 0.7<br>
</td>
<td style="vertical-align: top; text-align: center;"><span
style="color: rgb(0, 102, 0);"><span style="color: rgb(0, 102, 0);">OK</span></span>
<sup>(2)</sup></td>
<td style="vertical-align: top; text-align: center;"><span
style="color: rgb(0, 102, 0);"><span style="color: rgb(0, 102, 0);">OK</span></span>
<sup>(2)</sup></td>
<td style="vertical-align: top; text-align: center;"><br>
</td>
<td style="vertical-align: top; text-align: center;"><br>
</td>
</tr>
<tr bgcolor="#FFFFFF">
<td bgcolor="#EEEEEE" style="vertical-align: top;">Firebird 0.6<br>
</td>
<td
style="vertical-align: top; text-align: center; color: rgb(153, 0, 0);"><br>
</td>
<td style="vertical-align: top; text-align: center;"><span style="color: rgb(153, 0, 0);">NO</span><br>
</td>
<td style="vertical-align: top; text-align: center;"><br>
</td>
<td style="vertical-align: top; text-align: center;"><br>
</td>
</tr>
<tr bgcolor="#FFFFFF">
<td bgcolor="#EEEEEE" style="vertical-align: top;">Safari 1.2.4<br>
</td>
<td style="vertical-align: top; text-align: center;"><span
style="color: rgb(255, 204, 0);"></span><br>
</td>
<td style="vertical-align: top; text-align: center;"><br>
</td>
<td style="vertical-align: top; text-align: center;"><span
style="color: rgb(255, 128, 0);">TextArea</span> </td>
<td style="vertical-align: top; text-align: center;"><br>
</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<br>
<span style="color: rgb(0, 102, 0);">OK</span>&nbsp;：&nbsp;正常工作<br>
<span style="color: rgb(153, 0, 0);">NO</span>&nbsp;：&nbsp;完全不能工作<br>
<span style="color: rgb(255, 128, 0);">TextArea</span>&nbsp;：&nbsp;非HTML编辑器，仅文本域<br>
<span style="color: rgb(255, 128, 0);"><br>
</span>注意：<br>
(1) ： 由于CSS中缺少不透明支持，被禁用按钮将无法变黯淡。<br>
(2) ： 重新定义表格尺寸仍有部分bug，看起来似乎是浏览器的问题。<br>
(3) ： 不能重新定义表格尺寸，表格对话框根本不能起作用！<br>
<br>
<strong>注：测试中只包含了主流的、稳定的并且支持Midas特性的浏览器。并且请记住，如果您的浏览器没有被列举在上方，并不表示TinyMCE在那个浏览器中不能工作，仅仅意味着没有核实过是否能正常工作。</strong><br>
<hr noshade="noshade">
<table class="pagefooter" border="0" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="3"
width="100%">
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>返回&nbsp;<a href="index.htm">内容提要</a></td>
<td align="right"><a href="#">顶部</a></td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<br>
<br>
</body>
</html>

47
www/extras/tinymce/docs/zh_cn/faq.htm
View file

@ -1,47 +0,0 @@
<HTML>
<HEAD>
<TITLE> 常见问题（FAQ） </TITLE>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=gb2312">
<link href="style.css" rel="stylesheet" type="text/css">
</HEAD>
<BODY>
<table width="100%" border="0" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="3" class="pageheader">
<tr>
<td><span class="title">常见问题（FAQ）</span></td>
<td align="right"><a href="index.htm">内容提要</a></td>
</tr>
</table>
<hr noshade>
<br>
<span class="subtitle">为什么&quot;剪切/复制/粘贴&quot;的图标看不到，它们去哪儿了？</span><br>
<br>
1.20版本中因为在Mozilla和Firefox上的安全性问题，&quot;剪切/复制/粘贴&quot;的图标被移走了。如果一个功能在2/3的目标平台上无法工作，它将不能被包含进来。换句话说，它不是跨平台的。像Ctrl-X/C/V这样的快捷键还是能继续使用，在浏览器的&quot;编辑&quot;菜单中也可以找到这些功能的子菜单。实际上只有图标快捷键被移除了。欲了解这个安全性问题的更详细信息，请点击Mozilla网站上的&nbsp;<a href="http://bugzilla.mozilla.org/show_bug.cgi?id=192355" target="_blank">bugzilla</a>.<br>
<br>
<span class="subtitle">为什么MCE在Opera/Konqueror/Safari浏览器上不能正常工作？</span><br>
<br>
只要这些浏览器不能像Mozilla和MSIE一样支持execCommand及designMode，用JavaScript来创建所见即所得编辑器就是不可能的。但如果这些浏览器开始支持上述特性，我们将尽快使tinyMCE能兼容之。<br>
<br>
<span class="subtitle">为什么有时候内容是重复的，例如我从word中复制粘贴的时候？</span><br>
<br>
当HTML内容没有正确格式化的时候就会发生这个错误，这是MSIE的bug。当HTML代码包含&quot;&lt;b/&gt;&quot;或者嵌套的段落标签&quot;&lt;p&gt;&lt;p&gt;x&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&quot;的时候就会出错，它产生一个错误的DOM tree，及innerHTML上的错误输出。如果有人知道如何解决这个问题，请告诉我。<span class="subtitle"><br>
<br>
为什么没有颜色选择跟字体选择？</span><br>
<br>
因为颜色跟字体选择将破坏站点或系统的布局标准，例如：会太显宽松，所以没有必要在TinyMCE中加上这些。字体跟颜色可以通过CSS类来设置。<br>
<br>
<span class="subtitle">为什么&quot;撤消/恢复&quot;功能在Mozilla中不起作用？</span><br>
<br>
这是因为&quot;custom_undo_redo&quot;选项被打开，此选项覆盖了键盘快捷键及命令工具栏上的可用按钮。但目前没有方法可以覆盖内置的&quot;撤消/恢复&quot;菜单子项。<br>
<br>
<hr noshade>
<table width="100%" border="0" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="3" class="pagefooter">
<tr>
<td>返回&nbsp;<a href="index.htm">内容提要</a></td>
<td align="right"><a href="#">顶部</a></td>
</tr>
</table>
<br>
</BODY>
</HTML>

39
www/extras/tinymce/docs/zh_cn/index.htm
View file

@ -1,39 +0,0 @@
<HTML>
<HEAD>
<TITLE> 帮助索引 </TITLE>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=gb2312">
<link href="style.css" rel="stylesheet" type="text/css">
<style type="text/css">
<!--
.style1 {color: #FF0000}
-->
</style>
</HEAD>
<BODY>
<table width="100%" border="0" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="3" class="pageheader">
<tr>
<td><span class="title">内容提要</span></td>
<td align="right">&nbsp;</td>
</tr>
</table>
<hr noshade>
<br>
请点击以下链接来查看帮助内容中的不同章节.
<ul class="toc_ul">
<li class="toc_li"><a href="about.htm">关于TinyMCE</a></li>
<li class="toc_li"><a href="using.htm">使用/集成TinyMCE</a></li>
<li class="toc_li"><a href="themes.htm">创建主题</a></li>
<li class="toc_li"><a href="langs.htm">创建语言包</a></li>
<li class="toc_li"><a href="compatiblity.htm">兼容性图</a></li>
<li class="toc_li"><a href="faq.htm">常见问题（FAQ）</a></li>
<li class="toc_li"><a href="license.htm">版权（LGPL）（英文）</a></li>
</ul>
<hr noshade>
<p>简体中文翻译 by：<a href="http://www.cube316.net/" target="_blank">cube316</a><br>
<br>
<span class="style1">注意：某些地方由于英文文档说的相当含糊，或者译者本身水平缘故，
翻译的不是非常理想，不足之处请多多包涵。<br>
不能理解的地方可参阅英文文档，有更好的翻译也请 </span><a href="mailto:cube316@etang.com"><font color="#0000FF">让我知道</font></a><span class="style1"> 。</span></p>
</BODY>
</HTML>

49
www/extras/tinymce/docs/zh_cn/langs.htm
View file

@ -1,49 +0,0 @@
<html>
<head>
<title>创建语言包</title>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=gb2312">
<link href="style.css" rel="stylesheet" type="text/css">
</head>
<body>
<table width="100%" border="0" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="3" class="pageheader">
<tr>
<td><span class="title">创建语言包</span></td>
<td align="right"><a href="index.htm">内容提要</a></td>
</tr>
</table>
<hr noshade>
<br>
语言包只是简单的将&quot;lang&quot;目录下&quot;&lt;FN Code&gt;.js&quot;文件中的JavaScript<U>名称－值</U>数组对替换而已。记得在这些名称中一定要使用&quot;lang_&quot;前缀，以免其跟模板中的其他变量冲突。<BR>
以下例子表明了cut, copy和paste的文字语言是如何被处理的：<BR>
<br>
<table border="0" cellspacing="3" cellpadding="2" class="sample">
<tr>
<td class="samplecontent">tinyMCELang['<font color="#CC0000">lang</font>_cut_desc']
= 'Cut (Ctrl+X)';<br>
tinyMCELang['<font color="#CC0000">lang</font>_copy_desc'] = 'Copy (Ctrl+C)';<br>
tinyMCELang['<font color="#CC0000">lang</font>_paste_desc'] = 'Paste (Ctrl+P)';</td>
</tr>
</table>
<BR>注意有两种类型的语言包，一种是被全部主题所共享的全局语言，它在&quot;jscripts/tiny_mce/langs&quot;目录中；<BR>另外一种是某主题特定语言，一般放在&quot;jscripts/tiny_mce/themes/&lt;some theme&gt;/langs&quot;目录中。<br>
<p>当翻译TinyMCE时，以下是目前所需要翻译的文件：<br>
<br>
tinymce/jscripts/tiny_mce/langs/uk.js<br>
tinymce/jscripts/tiny_mce/plugins/emotions/langs/uk.js<br>
tinymce/jscripts/tiny_mce/plugins/iespell/langs/uk.js<br>
tinymce/jscripts/tiny_mce/plugins/insertdatetime/langs/uk.js<br>
tinymce/jscripts/tiny_mce/plugins/preview/langs/uk.js<br>
tinymce/jscripts/tiny_mce/themes/advanced/langs/uk.js<br>
<br>注意某些语言变量可能会包含gif图片的name/url或类似，例如在瑞典语言包中粗体的按钮有一个&quot;F&quot;字符。</p>
<hr noshade>
<table width="100%" border="0" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="3" class="pagefooter">
<tr>
<td>返回&nbsp;<a href="index.htm">内容提要</a></td>
<td align="right"><a href="#">顶部</a></td>
</tr>
</table>
<br>
</body>
</html>

388
www/extras/tinymce/docs/zh_cn/license.htm
View file

@ -1,388 +0,0 @@
<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN">
<HTML>
<HEAD>
<TITLE>License</TITLE>
<link href="style.css" rel="stylesheet" type="text/css">
</HEAD>
<BODY>
<table width="100%" border="0" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="3" class="pageheader">
<tr>
<td><span class="title">License</span></td>
<td align="right"><a href="index.htm">TOC</a></td>
</tr>
</table>
<hr noshade>
<br>
<strong>Copyright &copy; 2004 Moxiecode Systems AB</strong><br>
<br>
This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or<br>
modify it under the terms of the <strong>GNU Lesser General Public<br>
License</strong> as published by the Free Software Foundation; either<br>
version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.<br>
<br>
This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,<br>
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of<br>
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU<br>
Lesser General Public License for more details.<br>
<br>
You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public<br>
License along with this library; if not, write to the Free Software<br>
Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307 USA<br>
<br>
<hr noshade>
<br>
<strong>GNU Lesser General Public License<br>
Version 2.1, February 1999 </strong>
<p>Copyright (C) 1991, 1999 Free Software Foundation, Inc.<br>
59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307 USA<br>
Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies<br>
of this license document, but changing it is not allowed.</p>
<p>[This is the first released version of the Lesser GPL. It also counts<br>
as the successor of the GNU Library Public License, version 2, hence<br>
the version number 2.1.]</p>
<p>Preamble<br>
The licenses for most software are designed to take away your freedom to share
and change it. By contrast, the GNU General Public Licenses are intended to
guarantee your freedom to share and change free software--to make sure the software
is free for all its users. </p>
<p>This license, the Lesser General Public License, applies to some specially
designated software packages--typically libraries--of the Free Software Foundation
and other authors who decide to use it. You can use it too, but we suggest you
first think carefully about whether this license or the ordinary General Public
License is the better strategy to use in any particular case, based on the explanations
below. </p>
<p>When we speak of free software, we are referring to freedom of use, not price.
Our General Public Licenses are designed to make sure that you have the freedom
to distribute copies of free software (and charge for this service if you wish);
that you receive source code or can get it if you want it; that you can change
the software and use pieces of it in new free programs; and that you are informed
that you can do these things.</p>
<p>To protect your rights, we need to make restrictions that forbid distributors
to deny you these rights or to ask you to surrender these rights. These restrictions
translate to certain responsibilities for you if you distribute copies of the
library or if you modify it. </p>
<p>For example, if you distribute copies of the library, whether gratis or for
a fee, you must give the recipients all the rights that we gave you. You must
make sure that they, too, receive or can get the source code. If you link other
code with the library, you must provide complete object files to the recipients,
so that they can relink them with the library after making changes to the library
and recompiling it. And you must show them these terms so they know their rights.
</p>
<p>We protect your rights with a two-step method: (1) we copyright the library,
and (2) we offer you this license, which gives you legal permission to copy,
distribute and/or modify the library. </p>
<p>To protect each distributor, we want to make it very clear that there is no
warranty for the free library. Also, if the library is modified by someone else
and passed on, the recipients should know that what they have is not the original
version, so that the original author's reputation will not be affected by problems
that might be introduced by others. </p>
<p>Finally, software patents pose a constant threat to the existence of any free
program. We wish to make sure that a company cannot effectively restrict the
users of a free program by obtaining a restrictive license from a patent holder.
Therefore, we insist that any patent license obtained for a version of the library
must be consistent with the full freedom of use specified in this license. </p>
<p>Most GNU software, including some libraries, is covered by the ordinary GNU
General Public License. This license, the GNU Lesser General Public License,
applies to certain designated libraries, and is quite different from the ordinary
General Public License. We use this license for certain libraries in order to
permit linking those libraries into non-free programs. </p>
<p>When a program is linked with a library, whether statically or using a shared
library, the combination of the two is legally speaking a combined work, a derivative
of the original library. The ordinary General Public License therefore permits
such linking only if the entire combination fits its criteria of freedom. The
Lesser General Public License permits more lax criteria for linking other code
with the library. </p>
<p>We call this license the &quot;Lesser&quot; General Public License because
it does Less to protect the user's freedom than the ordinary General Public
License. It also provides other free software developers Less of an advantage
over competing non-free programs. These disadvantages are the reason we use
the ordinary General Public License for many libraries. However, the Lesser
license provides advantages in certain special circumstances. </p>
<p>For example, on rare occasions, there may be a special need to encourage the
widest possible use of a certain library, so that it becomes a de-facto standard.
To achieve this, non-free programs must be allowed to use the library. A more
frequent case is that a free library does the same job as widely used non-free
libraries. In this case, there is little to gain by limiting the free library
to free software only, so we use the Lesser General Public License. </p>
<p>In other cases, permission to use a particular library in non-free programs
enables a greater number of people to use a large body of free software. For
example, permission to use the GNU C Library in non-free programs enables many
more people to use the whole GNU operating system, as well as its variant, the
GNU/Linux operating system. </p>
<p>Although the Lesser General Public License is Less protective of the users'
freedom, it does ensure that the user of a program that is linked with the Library
has the freedom and the wherewithal to run that program using a modified version
of the Library. </p>
<p>The precise terms and conditions for copying, distribution and modification
follow. Pay close attention to the difference between a &quot;work based on
the library&quot; and a &quot;work that uses the library&quot;. The former contains
code derived from the library, whereas the latter must be combined with the
library in order to run. </p>
<p>TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR COPYING, DISTRIBUTION AND MODIFICATION<br>
0. This License Agreement applies to any software library or other program which
contains a notice placed by the copyright holder or other authorized party saying
it may be distributed under the terms of this Lesser General Public License
(also called &quot;this License&quot;). Each licensee is addressed as &quot;you&quot;.</p>
<p>A &quot;library&quot; means a collection of software functions and/or data
prepared so as to be conveniently linked with application programs (which use
some of those functions and data) to form executables. </p>
<p>The &quot;Library&quot;, below, refers to any such software library or work
which has been distributed under these terms. A &quot;work based on the Library&quot;
means either the Library or any derivative work under copyright law: that is
to say, a work containing the Library or a portion of it, either verbatim or
with modifications and/or translated straightforwardly into another language.
(Hereinafter, translation is included without limitation in the term &quot;modification&quot;.)
</p>
<p>&quot;Source code&quot; for a work means the preferred form of the work for
making modifications to it. For a library, complete source code means all the
source code for all modules it contains, plus any associated interface definition
files, plus the scripts used to control compilation and installation of the
library.</p>
<p>Activities other than copying, distribution and modification are not covered
by this License; they are outside its scope. The act of running a program using
the Library is not restricted, and output from such a program is covered only
if its contents constitute a work based on the Library (independent of the use
of the Library in a tool for writing it). Whether that is true depends on what
the Library does and what the program that uses the Library does. </p>
<p>1. You may copy and distribute verbatim copies of the Library's complete source
code as you receive it, in any medium, provided that you conspicuously and appropriately
publish on each copy an appropriate copyright notice and disclaimer of warranty;
keep intact all the notices that refer to this License and to the absence of
any warranty; and distribute a copy of this License along with the Library.
</p>
<p>You may charge a fee for the physical act of transferring a copy, and you may
at your option offer warranty protection in exchange for a fee. </p>
<p>2. You may modify your copy or copies of the Library or any portion of it,
thus forming a work based on the Library, and copy and distribute such modifications
or work under the terms of Section 1 above, provided that you also meet all
of these conditions: </p>
<p>a) The modified work must itself be a software library. </p>
<p>b) You must cause the files modified to carry prominent notices stating that
you changed the files and the date of any change.</p>
<p>c) You must cause the whole of the work to be licensed at no charge to all
third parties under the terms of this License. </p>
<p>d) If a facility in the modified Library refers to a function or a table of
data to be supplied by an application program that uses the facility, other
than as an argument passed when the facility is invoked, then you must make
a good faith effort to ensure that, in the event an application does not supply
such function or table, the facility still operates, and performs whatever part
of its purpose remains meaningful. </p>
<p>(For example, a function in a library to compute square roots has a purpose
that is entirely well-defined independent of the application. Therefore, Subsection
2d requires that any application-supplied function or table used by this function
must be optional: if the application does not supply it, the square root function
must still compute square roots.) </p>
<p>These requirements apply to the modified work as a whole. If identifiable sections
of that work are not derived from the Library, and can be reasonably considered
independent and separate works in themselves, then this License, and its terms,
do not apply to those sections when you distribute them as separate works. But
when you distribute the same sections as part of a whole which is a work based
on the Library, the distribution of the whole must be on the terms of this License,
whose permissions for other licensees extend to the entire whole, and thus to
each and every part regardless of who wrote it. </p>
<p>Thus, it is not the intent of this section to claim rights or contest your
rights to work written entirely by you; rather, the intent is to exercise the
right to control the distribution of derivative or collective works based on
the Library. </p>
<p>In addition, mere aggregation of another work not based on the Library with
the Library (or with a work based on the Library) on a volume of a storage or
distribution medium does not bring the other work under the scope of this License.
</p>
<p>3. You may opt to apply the terms of the ordinary GNU General Public License
instead of this License to a given copy of the Library. To do this, you must
alter all the notices that refer to this License, so that they refer to the
ordinary GNU General Public License, version 2, instead of to this License.
(If a newer version than version 2 of the ordinary GNU General Public License
has appeared, then you can specify that version instead if you wish.) Do not
make any other change in these notices. </p>
<p>Once this change is made in a given copy, it is irreversible for that copy,
so the ordinary GNU General Public License applies to all subsequent copies
and derivative works made from that copy. </p>
<p>This option is useful when you wish to copy part of the code of the Library
into a program that is not a library. </p>
<p>4. You may copy and distribute the Library (or a portion or derivative of it,
under Section 2) in object code or executable form under the terms of Sections
1 and 2 above provided that you accompany it with the complete corresponding
machine-readable source code, which must be distributed under the terms of Sections
1 and 2 above on a medium customarily used for software interchange. </p>
<p>If distribution of object code is made by offering access to copy from a designated
place, then offering equivalent access to copy the source code from the same
place satisfies the requirement to distribute the source code, even though third
parties are not compelled to copy the source along with the object code.</p>
<p>5. A program that contains no derivative of any portion of the Library, but
is designed to work with the Library by being compiled or linked with it, is
called a &quot;work that uses the Library&quot;. Such a work, in isolation,
is not a derivative work of the Library, and therefore falls outside the scope
of this License. </p>
<p>However, linking a &quot;work that uses the Library&quot; with the Library
creates an executable that is a derivative of the Library (because it contains
portions of the Library), rather than a &quot;work that uses the library&quot;.
The executable is therefore covered by this License. Section 6 states terms
for distribution of such executables. </p>
<p>When a &quot;work that uses the Library&quot; uses material from a header file
that is part of the Library, the object code for the work may be a derivative
work of the Library even though the source code is not. Whether this is true
is especially significant if the work can be linked without the Library, or
if the work is itself a library. The threshold for this to be true is not precisely
defined by law. </p>
<p>If such an object file uses only numerical parameters, data structure layouts
and accessors, and small macros and small inline functions (ten lines or less
in length), then the use of the object file is unrestricted, regardless of whether
it is legally a derivative work. (Executables containing this object code plus
portions of the Library will still fall under Section 6.) </p>
<p>Otherwise, if the work is a derivative of the Library, you may distribute the
object code for the work under the terms of Section 6. Any executables containing
that work also fall under Section 6, whether or not they are linked directly
with the Library itself. </p>
<p>6. As an exception to the Sections above, you may also combine or link a &quot;work
that uses the Library&quot; with the Library to produce a work containing portions
of the Library, and distribute that work under terms of your choice, provided
that the terms permit modification of the work for the customer's own use and
reverse engineering for debugging such modifications. </p>
<p>You must give prominent notice with each copy of the work that the Library
is used in it and that the Library and its use are covered by this License.
You must supply a copy of this License. If the work during execution displays
copyright notices, you must include the copyright notice for the Library among
them, as well as a reference directing the user to the copy of this License.
Also, you must do one of these things: </p>
<p>a) Accompany the work with the complete corresponding machine-readable source
code for the Library including whatever changes were used in the work (which
must be distributed under Sections 1 and 2 above); and, if the work is an executable
linked with the Library, with the complete machine-readable &quot;work that
uses the Library&quot;, as object code and/or source code, so that the user
can modify the Library and then relink to produce a modified executable containing
the modified Library. (It is understood that the user who changes the contents
of definitions files in the Library will not necessarily be able to recompile
the application to use the modified definitions.) </p>
<p>b) Use a suitable shared library mechanism for linking with the Library. A
suitable mechanism is one that (1) uses at run time a copy of the library already
present on the user's computer system, rather than copying library functions
into the executable, and (2) will operate properly with a modified version of
the library, if the user installs one, as long as the modified version is interface-compatible
with the version that the work was made with. </p>
<p>c) Accompany the work with a written offer, valid for at least three years,
to give the same user the materials specified in Subsection 6a, above, for a
charge no more than the cost of performing this distribution. </p>
<p>d) If distribution of the work is made by offering access to copy from a designated
place, offer equivalent access to copy the above specified materials from the
same place. </p>
<p>e) Verify that the user has already received a copy of these materials or that
you have already sent this user a copy.</p>
<p>For an executable, the required form of the &quot;work that uses the Library&quot;
must include any data and utility programs needed for reproducing the executable
from it. However, as a special exception, the materials to be distributed need
not include anything that is normally distributed (in either source or binary
form) with the major components (compiler, kernel, and so on) of the operating
system on which the executable runs, unless that component itself accompanies
the executable. </p>
<p>It may happen that this requirement contradicts the license restrictions of
other proprietary libraries that do not normally accompany the operating system.
Such a contradiction means you cannot use both them and the Library together
in an executable that you distribute. </p>
<p>7. You may place library facilities that are a work based on the Library side-by-side
in a single library together with other library facilities not covered by this
License, and distribute such a combined library, provided that the separate
distribution of the work based on the Library and of the other library facilities
is otherwise permitted, and provided that you do these two things: </p>
<p>a) Accompany the combined library with a copy of the same work based on the
Library, uncombined with any other library facilities. This must be distributed
under the terms of the Sections above. </p>
<p>b) Give prominent notice with the combined library of the fact that part of
it is a work based on the Library, and explaining where to find the accompanying
uncombined form of the same work.</p>
<p>8. You may not copy, modify, sublicense, link with, or distribute the Library
except as expressly provided under this License. Any attempt otherwise to copy,
modify, sublicense, link with, or distribute the Library is void, and will automatically
terminate your rights under this License. However, parties who have received
copies, or rights, from you under this License will not have their licenses
terminated so long as such parties remain in full compliance. </p>
<p>9. You are not required to accept this License, since you have not signed it.
However, nothing else grants you permission to modify or distribute the Library
or its derivative works. These actions are prohibited by law if you do not accept
this License. Therefore, by modifying or distributing the Library (or any work
based on the Library), you indicate your acceptance of this License to do so,
and all its terms and conditions for copying, distributing or modifying the
Library or works based on it. </p>
<p>10. Each time you redistribute the Library (or any work based on the Library),
the recipient automatically receives a license from the original licensor to
copy, distribute, link with or modify the Library subject to these terms and
conditions. You may not impose any further restrictions on the recipients' exercise
of the rights granted herein. You are not responsible for enforcing compliance
by third parties with this License. </p>
<p>11. If, as a consequence of a court judgment or allegation of patent infringement
or for any other reason (not limited to patent issues), conditions are imposed
on you (whether by court order, agreement or otherwise) that contradict the
conditions of this License, they do not excuse you from the conditions of this
License. If you cannot distribute so as to satisfy simultaneously your obligations
under this License and any other pertinent obligations, then as a consequence
you may not distribute the Library at all. For example, if a patent license
would not permit royalty-free redistribution of the Library by all those who
receive copies directly or indirectly through you, then the only way you could
satisfy both it and this License would be to refrain entirely from distribution
of the Library. </p>
<p>If any portion of this section is held invalid or unenforceable under any particular
circumstance, the balance of the section is intended to apply, and the section
as a whole is intended to apply in other circumstances. </p>
<p>It is not the purpose of this section to induce you to infringe any patents
or other property right claims or to contest validity of any such claims; this
section has the sole purpose of protecting the integrity of the free software
distribution system which is implemented by public license practices. Many people
have made generous contributions to the wide range of software distributed through
that system in reliance on consistent application of that system; it is up to
the author/donor to decide if he or she is willing to distribute software through
any other system and a licensee cannot impose that choice. </p>
<p>This section is intended to make thoroughly clear what is believed to be a
consequence of the rest of this License. </p>
<p>12. If the distribution and/or use of the Library is restricted in certain
countries either by patents or by copyrighted interfaces, the original copyright
holder who places the Library under this License may add an explicit geographical
distribution limitation excluding those countries, so that distribution is permitted
only in or among countries not thus excluded. In such case, this License incorporates
the limitation as if written in the body of this License. </p>
<p>13. The Free Software Foundation may publish revised and/or new versions of
the Lesser General Public License from time to time. Such new versions will
be similar in spirit to the present version, but may differ in detail to address
new problems or concerns.</p>
<p>Each version is given a distinguishing version number. If the Library specifies
a version number of this License which applies to it and &quot;any later version&quot;,
you have the option of following the terms and conditions either of that version
or of any later version published by the Free Software Foundation. If the Library
does not specify a license version number, you may choose any version ever published
by the Free Software Foundation. </p>
<p>14. If you wish to incorporate parts of the Library into other free programs
whose distribution conditions are incompatible with these, write to the author
to ask for permission. For software which is copyrighted by the Free Software
Foundation, write to the Free Software Foundation; we sometimes make exceptions
for this. Our decision will be guided by the two goals of preserving the free
status of all derivatives of our free software and of promoting the sharing
and reuse of software generally. </p>
<p>NO WARRANTY </p>
<p>15. BECAUSE THE LIBRARY IS LICENSED FREE OF CHARGE, THERE IS NO WARRANTY FOR
THE LIBRARY, TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW. EXCEPT WHEN OTHERWISE
STATED IN WRITING THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND/OR OTHER PARTIES PROVIDE THE LIBRARY
&quot;AS IS&quot; WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED,
INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND
FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. THE ENTIRE RISK AS TO THE QUALITY AND PERFORMANCE
OF THE LIBRARY IS WITH YOU. SHOULD THE LIBRARY PROVE DEFECTIVE, YOU ASSUME THE
COST OF ALL NECESSARY SERVICING, REPAIR OR CORRECTION. </p>
<p>16. IN NO EVENT UNLESS REQUIRED BY APPLICABLE LAW OR AGREED TO IN WRITING WILL
ANY COPYRIGHT HOLDER, OR ANY OTHER PARTY WHO MAY MODIFY AND/OR REDISTRIBUTE
THE LIBRARY AS PERMITTED ABOVE, BE LIABLE TO YOU FOR DAMAGES, INCLUDING ANY
GENERAL, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES ARISING OUT OF THE USE
OR INABILITY TO USE THE LIBRARY (INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO LOSS OF DATA OR
DATA BEING RENDERED INACCURATE OR LOSSES SUSTAINED BY YOU OR THIRD PARTIES OR
A FAILURE OF THE LIBRARY TO OPERATE WITH ANY OTHER SOFTWARE), EVEN IF SUCH HOLDER
OR OTHER PARTY HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES. <br>
</p>
<hr noshade>
<table width="100%" border="0" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="3" class="pagefooter">
<tr>
<td>Go to: <a href="index.htm">Table of contents</a></td>
<td align="right"><a href="#">Top</a></td>
</tr>
</table>
<br>
</BODY>
</HTML>

439
www/extras/tinymce/docs/zh_cn/themes.htm
View file

@ -1,439 +0,0 @@
<HTML>
<HEAD>
<TITLE>创建主题</TITLE>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=gb2312">
<link href="style.css" rel="stylesheet" type="text/css">
</HEAD>
<BODY>
<table width="100%" border="0" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="3" class="pageheader">
<tr>
<td class="title">创建主题及插件</td>
<td align="right"><a href="index.htm">内容提要</a></td>
</tr>
</table>
<hr noshade>
<br>
<span class="subtitle">创建你自己的主题与插件</span><br>
<br>如果你懂得HTML,CSS和Javascript的基础知识，为TinyMCE创建自己的主题是相当容易的事情。<BR>最简单的方法莫过于将&quot;default&quot;或者&quot;advanced&quot;模板拷贝，并将它重命名为你自己的主题名称，例如：&quot;mytheme&quot;。<BR>然后你需要把以下片断中的红色标记更改为&quot;mytheme&quot;，这样各种主题就不会冲突。换句话说，给这个主题指定了唯一的名字。<BR>更改里面的HTML代码使之适合你的主题，但需要注意，某些组件是必须的，所以更改以下的每个函数时都请查看相应文档。<BR>此外，自定义主题必须做为子目录放在tiny_mce的&quot;themes&quot;目录下。<BR>如果需要，你完全可以为自己的主题增加特定的选项和设置，不过记得要用以下的命名规则：&quot;theme_&lt;your theme&gt;_&lt;option&gt;&quot;。<br>
<br>以下示例有三个函数，下面会详细介绍。<br>
<br>
<table border="0" cellspacing="3" cellpadding="2" class="sample">
<tr>
<td class="samplecontent">function TinyMCE_<font color="#CC0000">default</font>_getEditorTemplate(settings)
{<br>
&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;var template = new Array();<br>
<br> &nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;template['html'] = '&lt;Some HTML&gt;';<br>
&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;template['delta_width'] = 0;<br>
&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;template['delta_height'] = -40;<br>
<br>
&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;return template;<br>
}
<p>function TinyMCE_<font color="#CC0000">default</font>_getInsertLinkTemplate(settings)
{<br>
&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;var template = new Array();<br>
<br>
&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;template['file'] = 'link.htm';<br>
&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;template['width'] = 320;<br>
&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;template['height'] = 130;<br>
<br>
&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;return template;<br>
}<br>
<br>
function TinyMCE_<font color="#CC0000">default</font>_getInsertImageTemplate(settings)
{<br>
&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;var template = new Array();<br>
<br>
&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;template['file'] = 'image.htm';<br>
&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;template['width'] = 320;<br>
&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;template['height'] = 130;<br>
<br>
&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;return template;<br>
}<br>
<br>
function TinyMCE_<font color="#CC0000">default</font>_handleNodeChange(editor_id,
node) {<br>
&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;// Check what happend<br>
}<br>
<br>
function TinyMCE_<font color="#CC0000">default</font>_execCommand(editor_id, element, command, user_interface, value)
{<br>
&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;//
Your custom command logic<br>
&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;return false; <br>
}
<br>
</p>
</td>
</tr>
</table>
<br>
<hr noshade>
<p class="subtitle">使用外部模板文件</p>
<p>当用下面所描述的&quot;file&quot;参数使用外部模板文件时，需要把&quot;tiny_mce_popup.js&quot;包含进来。<BR>为了跟TinyMCE通讯，此文件是必须的。所有的变量和语言定义在&quot;html&quot;属性中被替换。
</p>外部模板文件示例：
<br>
<br>
<table border="0" cellspacing="3" cellpadding="2" class="sample">
<tr>
<td class="samplecontent">&lt;html&gt;<br>
&lt;head&gt;<br>
&lt;title&gt;<span class="failed">{$lang_theme_sample_title}</span>&lt;/title&gt;<br>
&lt;script language=&quot;javascript&quot; src=&quot;<span class="failed">../../tiny_mce_popup.js</span>&quot;&gt;&lt;/script&gt;<br>
&lt;script language=&quot;javascript&quot;&gt;<br>
&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;alert(<span class="failed">tinyMCE.getWindowArg('some_arg')</span>);<br>
&lt;/script&gt;
<br>
&lt;body&gt;<br>
<span class="failed">{$lang_theme_sample_desc}</span><br>
&lt;/body&gt;
</td>
</tr>
</table><BR>
<hr noshade>
<br>
<span class="subtitle">函数 TinyMCE_<font color="#CC0000">&lt;<font color="#CC0000">theme or plugin</font>&gt;</font>_getEditorTemplate(settings)</span></p>
<p>此函数负责编辑器实例在页面中的布局，它返回包含特定名称的<U>名称－值</U>对的数组。解释如下，注意用[]括起来的名称是可选的。<BR>此函数的settings参数是一个包含了tinyMCE设置和选项的<U>名称－值</U>对的数组。</p>
<strong>模板数据：<br>
<br>
</strong>
<table cellpadding="3" cellspacing="1" bgcolor="#000000">
<tr bgcolor="#FFFFFF">
<td width="150" bgcolor="#EEEEEE"><strong>html</strong></td>
<td>HTML模板数据，它的值是实现编辑器所需的全部HTML代码。注意：在使用时{$&lt;variable&gt;}会被实际的值替换。关于这些特定值的更详细说明见后面。</td>
</tr>
<tr bgcolor="#FFFFFF">
<td width="150" bgcolor="#EEEEEE"><strong>[delta_width]</strong></td>
<td>Delta宽度，此值包含用户界面所需的相关宽度。例如，工具栏需要20象素，则此值为-20。<BR>
这也是为什么编辑器的尺寸跟它所替换的组件宽度一致的原因。</td>
</tr>
<tr bgcolor="#FFFFFF">
<td width="150" bgcolor="#EEEEEE"><strong>[delta_height]</strong></td>
<td>Delta高度，此值包含用户界面所需的相关高度。例如，工具栏需要40象素，则此值为-40。<BR>
这也是为什么编辑器的尺寸跟它所替换的组件宽度一致的原因。</td>
</tr>
</table>
<p>上述&quot;html&quot;中的变量被TinyMCE的内部值所替换。有两种不同类型的变量，一种是以&quot;lang_&quot;为前缀的，它们会被相应名称的语言包替换。例如，&lt;b&gt;{$lang_test}&lt;/b&gt;被语言变量&quot;tinyMCELang['lang_test']&quot;所替换，输出就成了&lt;b&gt;Test&lt;/b&gt;。<BR>另外的变量是所用模板直接传递的，列举如下。 注意用[]括起来的变量是可选的。<br>
<br>
<strong>变量：</strong></p>
<table cellpadding="3" cellspacing="1" bgcolor="#000000">
<tr bgcolor="#FFFFFF">
<td width="150" bgcolor="#EEEEEE"><strong>editor_id</strong></td>
<td>此为编辑器实例的ID，它应当被放在模板必须包含的IFRAME组件的ID属性中。</td>
</tr>
<tr bgcolor="#FFFFFF">
<td width="150" bgcolor="#EEEEEE"><strong>[default_document]</strong></td>
<td>为了解决MSIE的安全问题，增加了此设置，它会被替换成空白HTML页面。把它放在模板IFRAME组件的SRC属性中。</td>
</tr>
<tr bgcolor="#FFFFFF">
<td bgcolor="#EEEEEE"><strong>[area_width]</strong></td>
<td>IFRAME区域的宽度，以象素为单位。</td>
</tr>
<tr bgcolor="#FFFFFF">
<td bgcolor="#EEEEEE"><strong>[area_height]</strong></td>
<td>IFRAME区域的高度，以象素为单位。</td>
</tr>
<tr bgcolor="#FFFFFF">
<td bgcolor="#EEEEEE"><strong>[width]</strong></td>
<td>整个编辑器区域的宽度，以象素为单位。</td>
</tr>
<tr bgcolor="#FFFFFF">
<td bgcolor="#EEEEEE"><strong>[height]</strong></td>
<td>整个编辑器区域的高度，以象素为单位。</td>
</tr>
<tr bgcolor="#FFFFFF">
<td bgcolor="#EEEEEE"><strong>[themeurl]</strong></td>
<td>主题所在位置的URL。</td>
</tr>
</table>
<p>注意：从这个模板可以调用两个JavaScript函数，它们是：在当前选定编辑器区域中执行命令的tinyMCE.execCommand及切换特定组件CSS类的tinyMCE.switchClass。<BR>
欲了解execCommand中可以执行的更多命令细节，请查看&nbsp;<a href="http://www.mozilla.org/editor/midas-spec.html" target="_blank">Mozilla midas specification</a>&nbsp;和&nbsp;<a href="using.htm#execcommand">TinyMCE specific commands</a>. <br>
</p>
<hr noshade>
<br>
<span class="subtitle">函数 TinyMCE_<font color="#CC0000">&lt;<font color="#CC0000">theme or plugin</font>&gt;</font>_getInsertLinkTemplate(settings)</span>
<p>此函数负责插入链接弹出窗口的布局，它返回包含特定名称的<U>名称－值</U>对的数组。解释如下，注意用[]括起来的名称是可选的。<BR>此函数的settings参数是一个包含了tinyMCE设置和选项的<U>名称－值</U>对的数组。</p>
<strong>模板数据：<br>
<br>
</strong>
<table cellpadding="3" cellspacing="1" bgcolor="#000000">
<tr bgcolor="#FFFFFF">
<td width="150" bgcolor="#EEEEEE"><strong>html</strong></td>
<td>HTML模板数据，它的值是实现链接对话框所需的全部HTML代码。注意：在使用时{$&lt;variable&gt;}会被实际的值替换。关于这些特定值的更详细说明见后面。如果&quot;file&quot;参数有赋值，此参数不是必须的。</td>
</tr>
<tr bgcolor="#FFFFFF">
<td bgcolor="#EEEEEE"><strong>file</strong></td>
<td>要使用的外部模板文件的名称，它可以是像.php,.asp,.jsp这样的动态页。</td>
</tr>
<tr bgcolor="#FFFFFF">
<td width="150" bgcolor="#EEEEEE"><strong>[width]</strong></td>
<td>弹出窗口的宽度，以象素为单位，默认为320.</td>
</tr>
<tr bgcolor="#FFFFFF">
<td width="150" bgcolor="#EEEEEE"><strong>[height]</strong></td>
<td>弹出窗口的高度，以象素为单位，默认为200.</td>
</tr>
</table>
<p>上述&quot;html&quot;中的变量被TinyMCE的内部值所替换。有两种不同类型的变量，一种是以&quot;lang_&quot;为前缀的，它们会被相应名称的语言包替换。例如，&lt;b&gt;{$lang_test}&lt;/b&gt;被语言变量&quot;tinyMCELang['lang_test']&quot;所替换，输出就成了&lt;b&gt;Test&lt;/b&gt;。<BR>另外的变量是所用模板直接传递的，列举如下。 注意用[]括起来的变量是可选的。<br>
<br>
<strong>变量/窗口 参数：</strong></p>
<table cellpadding="3" cellspacing="1" bgcolor="#000000">
<tr>
<td width="150" bgcolor="#EEEEEE"><strong>[href]</strong></td>
<td bgcolor="#FFFFFF">如果有选定一个链接，此变量被链接中的&quot;href&quot;属性值所替代。</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td bgcolor="#EEEEEE"><strong>[target]</strong></td>
<td bgcolor="#FFFFFF">如果有选定一个链接，此变量被链接中的&quot;target&quot;属性值所替代。</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="150" bgcolor="#EEEEEE"><strong>[css]</strong></td>
<td bgcolor="#FFFFFF">主题中弹出窗口CSS的位置。</td>
</tr>
</table>
<p>注意：从这个模板中可以调用&quot;window.opener.tinyMCE.insertLink(href, target)&quot;这个javascript函数，它的作用是是在当前选定的编辑器中插入链接，并且应当在&quot;插入&quot;按钮按下时被调用。</p>
<hr noshade>
<br>
<span class="subtitle">函数 TinyMCE_<font color="#CC0000">&lt;<font color="#CC0000">theme or plugin</font>&gt;</font>_getInsertImageTemplate(settings)</span>
<p>此函数负责插入图像弹出窗口的布局，它返回包含特定名称的<U>名称－值</U>对的数组。解释如下，注意用[]括起来的名称是可选的。<BR>此函数的settings参数是一个包含了tinyMCE设置和选项的<U>名称－值</U>对的数组。</p>
<strong>模板数据：<br>
<br>
</strong>
<table cellpadding="3" cellspacing="1" bgcolor="#000000">
<tr>
<td bgcolor="#EEEEEE"><strong>html</strong></td>
<td bgcolor="#FFFFFF">HTML模板数据，它的值是实现图像对话框所需的全部HTML代码。注意：在使用时{$&lt;variable&gt;}会被实际的值替换。关于这些特定值的更详细说明见后面。如果&quot;file&quot;参数有赋值，此参数不是必须的。</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td bgcolor="#EEEEEE"><strong>file</strong></td>
<td bgcolor="#FFFFFF">要使用的外部模板文件的名称，它可以是像.php,.asp,.jsp这样的动态页。</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="150" bgcolor="#EEEEEE"><strong>[width]</strong></td>
<td bgcolor="#FFFFFF">弹出窗口的宽度，以象素为单位，默认为320.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="150" bgcolor="#EEEEEE"><strong>[height]</strong></td>
<td bgcolor="#FFFFFF">弹出窗口的高度，以象素为单位，默认为200.</td>
</tr>
</table>
<p>上述&quot;html&quot;中的变量被TinyMCE的内部值所替换。有两种不同类型的变量，一种是以&quot;lang_&quot;为前缀的，它们会被相应名称的语言包替换。例如，&lt;b&gt;{$lang_test}&lt;/b&gt;被语言变量&quot;tinyMCELang['lang_test']&quot;所替换，输出就成了&lt;b&gt;Test&lt;/b&gt;。<BR>另外的变量是所用模板直接传递的，列举如下。 注意用[]括起来的变量是可选的。<br>
<br>
<strong>变量/窗口 参数：</strong></p>
<table cellpadding="3" cellspacing="1" bgcolor="#000000">
<tr>
<td width="150" bgcolor="#EEEEEE"><strong>[src]</strong></td>
<td bgcolor="#FFFFFF">如果有选定一个图像，此变量被图像中的&quot;src&quot;属性值所替代。</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td bgcolor="#EEEEEE"><strong>[alt]</strong></td>
<td bgcolor="#FFFFFF">如果有选定一个图像，此变量被图像中的&quot;alt&quot;属性值所替代。</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td bgcolor="#EEEEEE"><strong>[border]</strong></td>
<td bgcolor="#FFFFFF">如果有选定一个图像，此变量被图像中的&quot;border&quot;属性值所替代。</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td bgcolor="#EEEEEE"><strong>[hspace]</strong></td>
<td bgcolor="#FFFFFF">如果有选定一个图像，此变量被图像中的&quot;hspace&quot;属性值所替代。</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td bgcolor="#EEEEEE"><strong>[vspace]</strong></td>
<td bgcolor="#FFFFFF">如果有选定一个图像，此变量被图像中的&quot;vspace&quot;属性值所替代。</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td bgcolor="#EEEEEE"><strong>[width]</strong></td>
<td bgcolor="#FFFFFF">如果有选定一个图像，此变量被图像中的&quot;width&quot;属性值所替代。</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td bgcolor="#EEEEEE"><strong>[height]</strong></td>
<td bgcolor="#FFFFFF">如果有选定一个图像，此变量被图像中的&quot;height&quot;属性值所替代。</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td bgcolor="#EEEEEE"><strong>[align]</strong></td>
<td bgcolor="#FFFFFF">如果有选定一个图像，此变量被图像中的&quot;align&quot;属性值所替代。</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td bgcolor="#EEEEEE"><strong>[css]</strong></td>
<td bgcolor="#FFFFFF">主题中弹出窗口CSS的位置。</td>
</tr>
</table>
<p>注意：从这个模板中可以调用&quot;window.opener.tinyMCE.insertImage(src, alt, border, hspace, vspace, width,
height, align)&quot;这个javascript函数，它的作用是是在当前选定的编辑器中插入图像，并且应当在&quot;插入&quot;按钮按下时被调用。</p>
<hr noshade>
<br>
<span class="subtitle">函数 TinyMCE_<font color="#CC0000">&lt;<font color="#CC0000">theme or plugin</font>&gt;</font>_getInsertTableTemplate(settings)</span>
<span class="subtitle">（可选）</span>
<p>此函数负责插入表格弹出窗口的布局，它返回包含特定名称的<U>名称－值</U>对的数组。解释如下，注意用[]括起来的名称是可选的。<BR>此函数的settings参数是一个包含了tinyMCE设置和选项的<U>名称－值</U>对的数组。</p>
<strong>模板数据：<br>
<br>
</strong>
<table cellpadding="3" cellspacing="1" bgcolor="#000000">
<tr>
<td bgcolor="#EEEEEE"><strong>html</strong></td>
<td bgcolor="#FFFFFF">HTML模板数据，它的值是实现表格对话框所需的全部HTML代码。注意：在使用时{$&lt;variable&gt;}会被实际的值替换。关于这些特定值的更详细说明见后面。如果&quot;file&quot;参数有赋值，此参数不是必须的。</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td bgcolor="#EEEEEE"><strong>file</strong></td>
<td bgcolor="#FFFFFF">要使用的外部模板文件的名称，它可以是像.php,.asp,.jsp这样的动态页。 </td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="150" bgcolor="#EEEEEE"><strong>[width]</strong></td>
<td bgcolor="#FFFFFF">弹出窗口的宽度，以象素为单位。</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="150" bgcolor="#EEEEEE"><strong>[height]</strong></td>
<td bgcolor="#FFFFFF">弹出窗口的高度，以象素为单位。</td>
</tr>
</table>
<p>上述&quot;html&quot;中的变量被TinyMCE的内部值所替换。有两种不同类型的变量，一种是以&quot;lang_&quot;为前缀的，它们会被相应名称的语言包替换。例如，&lt;b&gt;{$lang_test}&lt;/b&gt;被语言变量&quot;tinyMCELang['lang_test']&quot;所替换，输出就成了&lt;b&gt;Test&lt;/b&gt;。<BR>另外的变量是所用模板直接传递的，列举如下。 注意用[]括起来的变量是可选的。<br>
<br>
<strong>变量/窗口 参数：</strong></p>
<table cellpadding="3" cellspacing="1" bgcolor="#000000">
<tr>
<td width="150" bgcolor="#EEEEEE"><strong>[cols]</strong></td>
<td bgcolor="#FFFFFF">如果有选定一个表格，此变量会被表格的列数所替代。</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td bgcolor="#EEEEEE"><strong>[rows]</strong></td>
<td bgcolor="#FFFFFF">如果有选定一个表格，此变量会被表格的行数所替代。</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td bgcolor="#EEEEEE"><strong>[border]</strong></td>
<td bgcolor="#FFFFFF">如果有选定一个表格，此变量会被表格的&quot;border&quot;属性值所替代。</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td bgcolor="#EEEEEE"><strong>[cellpadding]</strong></td>
<td bgcolor="#FFFFFF">如果有选定一个表格，此变量会被表格的&quot;cellpadding&quot;属性值所替代。</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td bgcolor="#EEEEEE"><strong>[cellspacing]</strong></td>
<td bgcolor="#FFFFFF">如果有选定一个表格，此变量会被表格的&quot;cellspacing&quot;属性值所替代。</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td bgcolor="#EEEEEE"><strong>[width]</strong></td>
<td bgcolor="#FFFFFF">如果有选定一个表格，此变量会被表格的&quot;width&quot;属性值所替代。</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td bgcolor="#EEEEEE"><strong>[height]</strong></td>
<td bgcolor="#FFFFFF">如果有选定一个表格，此变量会被表格的&quot;height&quot;属性值所替代。</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td bgcolor="#EEEEEE"><strong>[align]</strong></td>
<td bgcolor="#FFFFFF">如果有选定一个表格，此变量会被表格的&quot;align&quot;属性值所替代。</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td bgcolor="#EEEEEE"><strong>[action]</strong></td>
<td bgcolor="#FFFFFF">根据用户是选择了一个表格还是创建一个新的表格来选择操作类型是&quot;update&quot;还是&quot;insert&quot;。</td>
</tr>
</table>
<br>
<hr noshade>
<span class="subtitle">函数 TinyMCE_<font color="#CC0000">&lt;<font color="#CC0000">theme or plugin</font>&gt;</font>_handleNodeChange （可选）</span>
<p>此函数在某个编辑器实例的聚焦状态发生改变时被调用，当前新聚焦的节点被做为参数传递给此函数。这对于你需要根据用户的选择来改变用户界面非常有用。</p>
<strong>参数：<br>
<br>
</strong>
<table cellpadding="3" cellspacing="1" bgcolor="#000000">
<tr>
<td bgcolor="#EEEEEE"><strong>editor_id</strong></td>
<td bgcolor="#FFFFFF">编辑器的唯一ID号，这跟getEditorTemplate中的$editor_id变量一致。</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td bgcolor="#EEEEEE"><strong>node</strong></td>
<td bgcolor="#FFFFFF">当前鼠标所在位置节点的引用。</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td bgcolor="#EEEEEE"><strong>undo_index</strong></td>
<td bgcolor="#FFFFFF">当前撤消索引，如果撤消/重做功能被禁用，其值为-1。</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td bgcolor="#EEEEEE"><strong>undo_levels</strong></td>
<td bgcolor="#FFFFFF">当前撤消层次的数目，如果撤消/重做功能被禁用，其值为-1。</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td bgcolor="#EEEEEE"><strong>visual_aid</strong></td>
<td bgcolor="#FFFFFF">视觉帮助模式的状态，True/false。</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="150" bgcolor="#EEEEEE"><strong>any_selection</strong></td>
<td bgcolor="#FFFFFF">是否选定任何文字或图像。</td>
</tr>
</table>
<br>
<hr noshade>
<span class="subtitle">函数 TinyMCE_<font color="#CC0000">&lt;<font color="#CC0000">theme or plugin</font>&gt;</font>_execCommand （可选）</span>
<p>当执行像&quot;bold&quot;或&quot;createlink&quot;这样的命令时，此方法被调用。然后此 回调/主题/插件 函数回中断主题特定命令，并执行客户逻辑。如果此命令返回true，命令处理被终止，默认的tinyMCE命令处理永远不会被执行。</p>
<strong>参数：<br>
<br>
</strong>
<table cellpadding="3" cellspacing="1" bgcolor="#000000">
<tr>
<td bgcolor="#EEEEEE"><strong>editor_id</strong></td>
<td bgcolor="#FFFFFF">编辑器的唯一ID号，这跟getEditorTemplate中的$editor_id变量一致。</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td bgcolor="#EEEEEE"><strong>element</strong></td>
<td bgcolor="#FFFFFF">对编辑器实例中文档DOM根组件的引用。</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td bgcolor="#EEEEEE"><strong>command</strong></td>
<td bgcolor="#FFFFFF">要执行的命令，例如：&quot;myCommand&quot;。</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td bgcolor="#EEEEEE"><strong>user_interface</strong></td>
<td bgcolor="#FFFFFF">是否使用用户界面，true/false选项。</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="150" bgcolor="#EEEEEE"><strong>value</strong></td>
<td bgcolor="#FFFFFF">要传给命令的自定义数据值，可以是任何数据类型。</td>
</tr>
</table>
<br>
<strong>返回：</strong> true - 命令被终止，命令处理不再继续；false - 继续execCommand处理，冒泡的。<br>
<hr noshade>
<span class="subtitle">函数 TinyMCE_<font color="#CC0000">&lt;theme or plugin&gt;</font>_getControlHTML(control_name) （可选）</span>
<p>当编辑器需要实现某个特定控制/按钮的时候此函数被调用，它返回的是那个控制的HTML模板，如果控制的名字不能被识别则返回空串。<BR>注意变量{$pluginurl}会被当前插件目录的URL前缀所替换。</p>
<strong>参数：<br>
<br>
</strong>
<table cellpadding="3" cellspacing="1" bgcolor="#000000">
<tr>
<td width="150" bgcolor="#EEEEEE"><span class="subtitle">control_name</span></td>
<td bgcolor="#FFFFFF">要匹配的的控制的名称。例如，&quot;iespell&quot;代表的是iespell插件。</td>
</tr>
</table>
<br>
<strong>返回：</strong>返回的该控制的HTML模板，如果控制的名字不能被识别则返回空串。
<hr noshade>
<span class="subtitle"><a name="cleanup"></a>函数 TinyMCE_<font color="#CC0000">&lt;plugin&gt;</font>_cleanup(type, content) （可选）</span>
<p>当编辑器对内容进行清理时此函数被调用。</p>
<strong>参数：<br>
<br>
</strong>
<table cellpadding="3" cellspacing="1" bgcolor="#000000">
<tr>
<td bgcolor="#EEEEEE"><span class="subtitle">type</span></td>
<td bgcolor="#FFFFFF">清理的类型，insert_to_editor或者get_from_editor。<BR>
当向编辑器中传递内容时使用insert_to_editor；当从编辑器中获取内容时使用get_from_editor。</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="150" bgcolor="#EEEEEE"><strong>content</strong></td>
<td bgcolor="#FFFFFF">要清理的HTML内容，该字符串包含了HTML代码。</td>
</tr>
</table>
<br>
<strong>返回：</strong>清理后的HTML代码。<br>
<hr noshade>
<table width="100%" border="0" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="3" class="pagefooter">
<tr>
<td>返回&nbsp;<a href="index.htm">内容提要</a></td>
<td align="right"><a href="#">顶部</a></td>
</tr>
</table>
<br>
</BODY>
</HTML>

706
www/extras/tinymce/docs/zh_cn/using.htm
View file

@ -1,706 +0,0 @@
<html>
<head>
<title>使用/集成TinyMCE</title>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=gb2312">
<link href="style.css" rel="stylesheet" type="text/css">
</head>
<body>
<table width="100%" border="0" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="3" class="pageheader">
<tr>
<td><span class="title">使用/集成TinyMCE</span></td>
<td align="right"><a href="index.htm">内容提要</a></td>
</tr>
</table>
<hr noshade>
<br>
<a name="init"></a>
<span class="subtitle">初始化</span><br>
<br>
在初始化TinyMCE的时候，需要把以下代码加入到页面的HEAD标签中。按以下例子中的设置，所有的TEXTAREA文本域在页面加载时将被转换成编辑器。另外还有其他模块，我们将在后面详细讲述。<br>
<br>
<table border="0" cellspacing="3" cellpadding="2" class="sample">
<tr>
<td class="samplecontent">&lt;!-- tinyMCE --&gt;<br>
&lt;script language=&quot;javascript&quot; type=&quot;text/javascript&quot;
src=&quot;<font color="#990000">jscripts/tiny_mce/tiny_mce.js</font>&quot;&gt;&lt;/script&gt;<br>
&lt;script language=&quot;javascript&quot; type=&quot;text/javascript&quot;&gt;<br>
&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;<font color="#000099">tinyMCE.init({<br>
&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;mode : &quot;textareas&quot;<br>
&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;});</font><br>
&lt;/script&gt;<br>
&lt;!-- /tinyMCE --&gt;</td>
</tr>
</table>
<br>
注意以上红色部分是tiny_mce.js脚本文件的位置，该文件中包含了编辑器所需要的全部代码，主题及语言包将在初始化时被加载。<br>
蓝色部分是初始化调用，它生成TinyMCE的全局实例，其中的设置及<U>名称－值</U>属性将在以后描述。<br>
<br>
<a name="settings" id="settings"></a> <span class="subtitle">设置</span><br>
<br>
以<U>名称－值</U>属性方式传递给tinyMCE的init方法的设置控制着程序的全局行为。所有的键及可能的键值如下表所示。注意，用[]括起来的名称是可选的，不是必须的设置。<br>
<br>
<table cellpadding="5" cellspacing="1" bgcolor="#111111">
<tr bgcolor="#CCCCCC">
<td colspan="2"><strong>常规设置</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr bgcolor="#FFFFFF">
<td width="150"><strong>mode</strong></td>
<td>Mode可以是以下几个值之一：<br>
<br> <strong>textareas</strong>
- 页面加载时把所有TEXTAREA组件转换成编辑器.<br> <strong>specific_textareas</strong>
- 将所有&quot;mce_editable&quot;属性值为true的TEXTAREA转换成编辑器.<br>
<strong>exact</strong> - 只转换在&quot;elements&quot;设置中指定的确切组件.</td>
</tr>
<tr bgcolor="#FFFFFF">
<td width="150"><strong>[theme]</strong></td>
<td>指定要使用的主题名称，主题将被放在TinyMCE的themes目录下，默认为default。TinyMCE自带三个内置的主题，它们是simple，default和advanced。<BR>
如果你想创建自己的主题，请仔细阅读文档的&nbsp;<a href="themes.htm">主题</a>&nbsp;部分。</td>
</tr>
<tr bgcolor="#FFFFFF">
<td><strong>[plugins]</strong></td>
<td>此选项是一系列以逗号分隔的主题插件列表（例如，可以只用来扩展图像对话框）。这些插件覆盖了主题模板中定义的功能。插件逻辑应该包含在一个叫&quot;editor_plugin.js&quot;的文件中，它是插件目录中唯一被包含进来的文件。<BR>
例如：&quot;my_image_dialog,my_link_dialog&quot;.
<BR>如果你想创建自己的插件，请仔细阅读文档的&nbsp;<a href="themes.htm">主题</a>&nbsp;部分。</td>
</tr>
<tr bgcolor="#FFFFFF">
<td width="150"><strong>[language]</strong></td>
<td>TinyMCE中使用的语言包，这应该是像se,uk,us等诸如此类的FN代码，它被用来从&quot;langs&quot;目录中获取语言包，该设置的默认值为&quot;uk&quot;.<BR>
中文用户建议您使用&quot;zh-CN&quot;</td>
</tr>
<tr bgcolor="#FFFFFF">
<td width="150"><strong>[elements]</strong></td>
<td>以逗号分隔的用来转换成编辑器的组件列表，该选项仅在&quot;mode&quot;选项被设置成&quot;exact&quot;时使用。该列表中的元素可以是任何有id或name属性的HTML组件。</td>
</tr>
<tr bgcolor="#FFFFFF">
<td><strong>[ask]</strong></td>
<td>当&quot;mode&quot;被设置成&quot;textareas&quot;或&quot;specific_textareas&quot;的时候，该选项被应用，询问用户输入框是否将被转换成编辑器。 <BR>
如果你想使用这个选项，将它设置为true.</td>
</tr>
<tr bgcolor="#FFFFFF">
<td><strong>[textarea_trigger]</strong></td>
<td>textarea（文本域）触发器的属性，默认值为&quot;mce_editable&quot;。<BR>
该选项仅在&quot;mode&quot;被设置为&quot;specific_textareas&quot;时使用。</td>
</tr>
<tr bgcolor="#FFFFFF">
<td><strong>[valid_elements]</strong></td>
<td>以逗号分隔开的组件转换部分的列表。<br>
<br>
例如： a[href|target=_blank],strong/b,div[align],br.<br> <br>
以上例子告诉TinyMCE移除所有除了&quot;a, strong, div&quot;和&quot;br&quot;的组件，将元素b转换成strong，默认target设为&quot;_blank&quot;并保持href、target、align属性。在匹配组件及属性的名称时可以使用像*,+,?这样的通配符。<br>
<br> <strong>字符：</strong><br>
<table border="0" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="3">
<tr>
<td>&nbsp;,&nbsp;</td>
<td>各组件定义之间的分隔符。</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>&nbsp;/&nbsp;</td>
<td>两个同义组件之间的分隔符。第一个组件是会被用来输出的那个（即第二个组件被第一个替换）。</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>&nbsp;|&nbsp;</td>
<td>各属性定义之间的分隔符。</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>&nbsp;[&nbsp;</td>
<td>定义某组件的属性列表的开始符号。</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>&nbsp;]&nbsp;</td>
<td>定义某组件的属性列表的结束符号。</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>&nbsp;=&nbsp;</td>
<td>将属性的默认值设为特定值。例如：&quot;target=_blank&quot;</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>&nbsp;:&nbsp;</td>
<td>将属性的值强行设为特定值。例如：&quot;border:0&quot;</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>&nbsp;&lt;&nbsp;</td>
<td>校验某个属性的值。例如：&quot;target&lt;_blank?_self&quot;</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>&nbsp;?&nbsp;</td>
<td>属性校验值之间的分隔符，见上。 </td>
</tr>
</table>
<br>
<strong>特殊变量：</strong><br>
{$uid} - 产生一个唯一ID号。 例如：&quot;p[id:{$uid}]&quot;.<br>
<br>此选项的默认值是以下模式：<br> &quot;a[href|target],strong/b[class],em/i[class],strike[class],u[class],p[class|align],ol,ul,li,br,<br>
img[class|src|border=0|alt|hspace|vspace|width|height|align],sub,sup,blockquote[dir|style],<br>
table[border=0|cellspacing|cellpadding|width|height|class|align],tr[rowspan],<br>
td[colspan|rowspan|width|height],div[class|align],span[class|align],pre[class|align],<br>
address[class|align],h1[class|align],h2[class|align],h3[class|align],<br>
h4[class|align],h5[class|align],h6[class|align],hr&quot;.<br>
<br>要包含所有组件及属性，请使用 *[*] ，这在使用invalid_elements选项时特别有用。</td>
</tr>
<tr bgcolor="#FFFFFF">
<td><strong>[extended_valid_elements]</strong></td>
<td>向&quot;valid_elements&quot;列表末尾添加可用组件。此选项在你仅仅想往默认列表中增添部分组件时相当有用。<BR>
格式与&quot;valid_elements&quot;一致。</td>
</tr>
<tr bgcolor="#FFFFFF">
<td><strong>[invalid_elements]</strong></td>
<td>输出时需要排除在外的组件名称列表，以逗号分隔开。</td>
</tr>
<tr bgcolor="#FFFFFF">
<td><strong>[trim_span_elements]</strong></td>
<td>True/False选项。如果设置为true，不需要的组件将被移除。默认值即为true。</td>
</tr>
<tr bgcolor="#FFFFFF">
<td><strong>[verify_css_classes]</strong></td>
<td>True/False选项。如果设置为true，将会校验CSS的class属性。默认值即为true。</td>
</tr>
<tr bgcolor="#FFFFFF">
<td><strong>[verify_html]</strong></td>
<td>True/False选项。代表着HTML内容是否需要校验。默认值为true。</td>
</tr>
<tr bgcolor="#FFFFFF">
<td><strong>[urlconvertor_callback]</strong></td>
<td>当清理进程处理URL的时候调用的函数名。此函数必须遵从以下的格式：func(url, node, on_save) ，返回转换后的URL。此设置专为集成目的而设。参数url代表要转换的地址，node代表包含URL的那个节点，on_save是一个布尔值（在用户提交表单时为真）。</td>
</tr>
<tr bgcolor="#FFFFFF">
<td><strong>[preformatted]</strong></td>
<td>True/False选项。如果设置为true，编辑器将把制表符（TAB）转换成缩进，除此外保持其他whitespace（空白字符、换行等）字符，就如同HTML标签中的PRE的效果。默认值为false。</td>
</tr>
<tr bgcolor="#FFFFFF">
<td><strong>[insertlink_callback]</strong></td>
<td>当执行&quot;insertlink&quot;命令时调用的函数名。此函数获取选定链接的地址和目标，返回一个以&quot;href&quot;, &quot;target&quot;和 &quot;title&quot;为collection名称的数组。当使用新窗口时，为了兼容Mozilla，会在window.opener（弹出窗口的母窗口，译者注）上调用tinyMCE.insertLink。</td>
</tr>
<tr bgcolor="#FFFFFF">
<td><strong>[insertimage_callback]</strong></td>
<td>当执行&quot;insertimage&quot;命令时调用的函数名。此函数获取选定图像的url并返回一个以src和alt为collection名称的数组。当使用新窗口时，为了兼容Mozilla，会在window.opener上调用tinyMCE.insertImage。<BR>
函数格式：insertimage(src, alt, border, hspace, vspace, width, height, align, title,
onmouseover, onmouseout, action).</td>
</tr>
<tr bgcolor="#FFFFFF">
<td><strong>[setupcontent_callback]</strong></td>
<td>当编辑器初始化时调用的函数名。函数格式：setupContentCallback(editor_id, node)，其中editor_id是编辑器的id，node是编辑器所在的body组件节点。</td>
</tr>
<tr bgcolor="#FFFFFF">
<td><strong>[save_callback]</strong></td>
<td>当执行triggerSave（触发保存）命令被调用时调用的函数名。函数格式：save(id, content, node)，如果有特定返回值，其值将会被加到HTML表单组件上。所以可以通过此函数来自定义用户转换逻辑。</td>
</tr>
<tr bgcolor="#FFFFFF">
<td><strong>[docs_language]</strong></td>
<td>TinyMCE文档中使用的语言，这应该是像se,uk,us等诸如此类的FN代码，它被用来从&quot;&lt;theme&gt;/docs/&lt;lang&gt;&quot;目录中获取文档。
该选项的默认值跟language选项一致。</td>
</tr>
<tr bgcolor="#FFFFFF">
<td><strong>[width]</strong></td>
<td>编辑器的宽度，它默认的宽度是原先被替换的组件宽度。</td>
</tr>
<tr bgcolor="#FFFFFF">
<td><strong>[height]</strong></td>
<td>编辑器的高度，它默认的高度是原先被替换的组件高度。</td>
</tr>
<tr bgcolor="#FFFFFF">
<td><strong>[content_css]</strong></td>
<td>编辑窗口中要使用的CSS文件，其路径应该跟页面相关。</td>
</tr>
<tr bgcolor="#FFFFFF">
<td><strong>[popups_css]</strong></td>
<td>像插入链接和图片时的弹出窗口中使用的CSS文件，其路径应该跟页面相关。</td>
</tr>
<tr bgcolor="#FFFFFF">
<td><strong>[editor_css]</strong></td>
<td>编辑器使用的CSS文件，其路径应该跟页面相关。</td>
</tr>
<tr bgcolor="#FFFFFF">
<td><strong>[encoding]</strong></td>
<td>编辑器的输出编码，此选项目前只能为&quot;html&quot;或者空。如果设置为&quot;html&quot;，编辑器的输出将经过HTML编码处理。<BR>
例如：&lt;将会变成&amp;lt;，依此类推。默认值是空。</td>
</tr>
<tr bgcolor="#FFFFFF">
<td><strong>[debug]</strong></td>
<td>True/False选项。如果设置成true，像css文件路径等调试信息将会被显示。</td>
</tr>
<tr bgcolor="#FFFFFF">
<td><strong>[visual]</strong></td>
<td>True/False选项。如果设置成true，当边框设置成0的时候，为达到更好的视觉效果在编辑器中表格会有虚线出现。<BR>
默认值为true。</td>
</tr>
<tr bgcolor="#FFFFFF">
<td><strong>[visual_table_style]</strong></td>
<td>用户可自定义表格的样式，默认值为：&quot;border: 1px dashed #BBBBBB&quot;。</td>
</tr>
<tr bgcolor="#FFFFFF">
<td><strong>[add_form_submit_trigger]</strong></td>
<td>True/False选项。如果设置成true，将强制进行所有表单的&quot;onsubmit&quot;事件处理并引发保存。此选项默认值为true。</td>
</tr>
<tr bgcolor="#FFFFFF">
<td><strong>[add_unload_trigger]</strong></td>
<td>True/False选项。如果设置成true，在&quot;onunload&quot;事件发生时，当前窗口会引发一个triggerSave调用。此triggerSave调用不会做任何清理工作，因为它是用来处理 前进/后退 按钮的。此选项默认值为true。</td>
</tr>
<tr bgcolor="#FFFFFF">
<td><strong>[force_br_newlines]</strong></td>
<td>True/False选项。此选项强制编辑器将段落符号(P)替换成换行符(BR)。此选项默认值为false。（实验阶段）</td>
</tr>
<tr bgcolor="#FFFFFF">
<td><strong>[force_p_newlines]</strong></td>
<td>True/False选项。如果打开此选项，在按下回车键（Enter）时Mozilla/Firefox浏览器会生成段落符号(P)，在按下Shift+Enter时会生成换行符(BR)。此选项默认为true。</td>
</tr>
<tr bgcolor="#FFFFFF">
<td><strong>[relative_urls]</strong></td>
<td>True/False选项。如果设置成true，绝对路径将被转换成相对路径。默认值为true。</td>
</tr>
<tr bgcolor="#FFFFFF">
<td><strong>[remove_script_host]</strong></td>
<td>True/False选项。在设置成true的情况下，如果URL中的主机名、端口号跟编辑器当前所在一致，它们会被移除。<BR>
例如：编辑器所在站点为 http://www.somesite.com ，那么以下链接 http://www.somesite.com/somedir/somepage.html 将会被转换成 /somedir/somepage.html 。<BR>如果relative_urls被设置成false，此选项默认为true。</td>
</tr>
<tr bgcolor="#FFFFFF">
<td><strong>[focus_alert]</strong></td>
<td>True/False选项。如果设置成true，编辑器在失去焦点的时候就会出现一个烦人的警告框。默认值为true。</td>
</tr>
<tr bgcolor="#FFFFFF">
<td><strong>[document_base_url]</strong></td>
<td>在将绝对路径转换成相对路径的时候会用到此文档的URL。这个选项指定了编辑器当前的默认文档。<BR>
注意如果此选项指定到一个域名，请添加协议前缀，并以斜杠结尾。例如：http://www.somehost.com/mydir/</td>
</tr>
<tr bgcolor="#FFFFFF">
<td><strong>[custom_undo_redo]</strong></td>
<td>True/False选项。此选项可以使 撤消/重做 功能更加完善。默认值为true。</td>
</tr>
<tr bgcolor="#FFFFFF">
<td><strong>[custom_undo_redo_levels]</strong></td>
<td>自定义最多可撤消操作的次数，默认是无限制。</td>
</tr>
<tr bgcolor="#FFFFFF">
<td><strong>[custom_undo_redo_keyboard_shortcuts]</strong></td>
<td>如果使用，编辑器可以使用Ctrl+Z和Ctrl+Y快捷键来实现撤消和重做。默认允许。</td>
</tr>
<tr bgcolor="#FFFFFF">
<td><strong>[fix_content_duplication]</strong></td>
<td>True/False选项。此选项修正了MSIE中一个内容重复的bug。默认启用，但是为了兼容性也可以禁用(false)。</td>
</tr>
<tr bgcolor="#FFFFFF">
<td><strong>[directionality]</strong></td>
<td>此选项可以设置像阿拉伯语等语言的文字方向。可能的值为：ltr, rtl。默认值: ltr（从左到右）。 </td>
</tr>
<tr bgcolor="#FFFFFF">
<td><strong>[auto_cleanup_word]</strong></td>
<td>如果启用，从MS office/Word粘贴的HTML将会自动被清理。此选项默认值为false。<BR>
注意：此操作当前仅支持MSIE。</td>
</tr>
<tr bgcolor="#FFFFFF">
<td><strong>[cleanup_on_startup]</strong></td>
<td>如果启用，在编辑器初始化时文本域及组件将会被清理。默认值为false。</td>
</tr>
<tr bgcolor="#FFFFFF">
<td><strong>[inline_styles]</strong></td>
<td>如果启用，像width,height,vspace,hspace和align等属性将会被风格属性替代。默认值为false。<BR>
在使用此选项时记得要把风格属性应用在正确的组件上。</td>
</tr>
<tr bgcolor="#FFFFFF">
<td><strong>[convert_newlines_to_brs]</strong></td>
<td>如果启用，所有的\n(新行)将会在编辑器启动时被转换成&lt;br /&gt;组件。此选项默认值为false。</td>
</tr>
<tr bgcolor="#FFFFFF">
<td><strong>[auto_reset_designmode]</strong></td>
<td>因为在调用style.display的none/block方法来显示/隐藏某个TinyMCE编辑器的时候有bug，设计模式需要被重置。此选项一旦启用，当编辑器聚焦时，将自动重置。默认值为false。</td>
</tr>
<tr bgcolor="#FFFFFF">
<td><strong>[entities]</strong></td>
<td>一张以字符代码来查找名称的表，该表中元素是以逗号分隔开的实体列表。该列表以奇数项、偶数项区分，其中奇数项是被用来转换的字符代码，偶数项是代表那个字符代码的实体名称。例如：&quot;8205,zwj,8206,lrm,8207,rlm,173,shy&quot;。</td>
</tr>
<tr bgcolor="#FFFFFF">
<td><strong>[cleanup_callback]</strong></td>
<td>自定义清理函数。此选项能让用户在默认的清理基础上有所扩展。此函数调用跟默认的调用是分开的，它并不替换默认的清理函数，而仅仅是扩展。点击 <a href="themes.htm#cleanup">插件清理</a> 查看更多细节。</td>
</tr>
<tr bgcolor="#CCCCCC">
<td colspan="2"><strong>主题的高级特定设置</strong></td>
</tr>
<tr bgcolor="#FFFFFF">
<td><strong>[theme_advanced_toolbar_location]</strong></td>
<td>此选项用来改变工具栏的默认位置。可能的值为：&quot;top&quot;和&quot;bottom&quot;。默认值是&quot;bottom&quot;。</td>
</tr>
<tr bgcolor="#FFFFFF">
<td><strong>[theme_advanced_toolbar_align]</strong></td>
<td>此选项用来设置工具栏的对齐方式是left, center还是right。默认值是center。</td>
</tr>
<tr bgcolor="#FFFFFF">
<td><strong>[theme_advanced_styles]</strong></td>
<td>此选项可以用来增加风格下拉框中的CSS类和名称。格式如下：&quot;&lt;title&gt;=&lt;class&gt;;..&quot;。<BR>
如果没有指定此选项，主内容部分的CSS类将会被自动导入。<br>
例如：&quot;Header 1=header1;Header 2=header2;Header 3=header3&quot;</td>
</tr>
<tr bgcolor="#FFFFFF">
<td><strong>[theme_advanced_buttons1]</strong></td>
<td>工具栏上第一行要包含的按钮列表，以逗号分隔开。例如：&quot;bold,italic,underline&quot;。<br>
<br>
允许的按钮名称如下：<br>
bold, italic, underline, strikethrough, justifyleft, justifycenter, justifyright,
justifyfull, styleselect, bullist, numlist, outdent, indent, undo,redo,
link, unlink, image, cleanup, help, code, table, row_before, row_after,
delete_row, separator, rowseparator, col_before, col_after, delete_col, hr, removeformat,
sub, sup, formatselect, fontselect, fontsizeselect, forecolor,charmap,visualaid,spacer,cut,copy,paste</td>
</tr>
<tr bgcolor="#FFFFFF">
<td><strong>[theme_advanced_buttons2]</strong></td>
<td>同上，差别在于指定的是工具栏第二行。</td>
</tr>
<tr bgcolor="#FFFFFF">
<td><strong>[theme_advanced_buttons3]</strong></td>
<td>同上，差别在于指定的是工具栏第三行。</td>
</tr>
<tr bgcolor="#FFFFFF">
<td><strong>[theme_advanced_buttons&lt;N&gt;_add]</strong></td>
<td>向工具栏上特定的第N行中增加额外的控制/按钮。例如：theme_advaned_buttons3_add : &quot;iespell&quot;.</td>
</tr>
<tr bgcolor="#FFFFFF">
<td><strong>[theme_advanced_buttons&lt;N&gt;_add_before]</strong></td>
<td>向工具栏上特定的第N行的默认按钮前面增加额外的控制/按钮。例如：theme_advaned_buttons3_add_before : &quot;iespell&quot;。</td>
</tr>
<tr bgcolor="#FFFFFF">
<td><strong>[theme_advanced_disable]</strong></td>
<td>要禁用的按钮/组件的列表，以逗号分隔。例如：&quot;formatselect&quot;.</td>
</tr>
<tr bgcolor="#FFFFFF">
<td><strong>[theme_advanced_source_editor_width]</strong></td>
<td>源文件编辑器窗口的宽度。</td>
</tr>
<tr bgcolor="#FFFFFF">
<td><strong>[theme_advanced_source_editor_height]</strong></td>
<td>源文件编辑器窗口的高度。</td>
</tr>
<tr bgcolor="#FFFFFF">
<td><strong>[theme_advanced_path_location]</strong></td>
<td>组件路径列表的位置，可能的值为：&quot;top&quot;或&quot;bottom&quot;。默认值为：&quot;none&quot; </td>
</tr>
<tr bgcolor="#FFFFFF">
<td><strong>[theme_advanced_blockformats]</strong></td>
<td>formatselect列表要屏蔽的格式列表，以逗号分隔开。默认值：p,address,pre,h1,h2,h3,h4,h5,h6。</td>
</tr>
</table>
<br>
以下是一个较为复杂的初始化例子：<br>
<br>
<table border="0" cellspacing="3" cellpadding="2" class="sample">
<tr>
<td class="samplecontent">&lt;!-- tinyMCE --&gt;<br> &lt;script language=&quot;javascript&quot;
type=&quot;text/javascript&quot; src=&quot;<font color="#990000">jscripts/tiny_mce/tiny_mce.js</font>&quot;&gt;&lt;/script&gt;<br>
&lt;script language=&quot;javascript&quot; type=&quot;text/javascript&quot;&gt;<br>
&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;<font color="#000099">tinyMCE.init({<br>
&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;mode : &quot;exact&quot;,<br>
&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;theme : &quot;mytheme&quot;,<br>
&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;language : &quot;se&quot;,<br>
&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;elements : &quot;elm1,elm2&quot;<br>
&nbsp;&nbsp;});</font><br> &lt;/script&gt;<br> &lt;!-- /tinyMCE --&gt;</td>
</tr>
</table>
<br>
<a name="functions" id="functions"></a> <span class="subtitle"><strong>函数</strong></span><strong>
（供高级使用）</strong><br>
<br>
TinyMCE有一个全局实例，它能提供一些可从页面调用的公用函数。<br>
<hr noshade>
<strong>语法：</strong> tinyMCE.triggerSave([skip_cleanup]);<br>
<br>
<strong>描述：</strong>进行清除操作，并将编辑器内容移回到表单域中。tinyMCE通过向表单提交方法中增加触发器来自动调用此函数。<br>
<br>
<strong>参数：</strong><br>
[skip_cleanup] - 禁用保存触发器的清除功能，默认为false。(可选)<br>
<br>
<strong>返回：</strong> 无<br>
<hr noshade>
<strong>语法：</strong> tinyMCE.updateContent(form_element_name);<br>
<br>
<strong>描述：</strong>将表单组件的内容转移到编辑器中，此操作的功能跟triggerSave()正好相反。当你想动态改变编辑器内容时可以使用此方法。<br>
<br>
<strong>参数：<br>
</strong>form_element_name - 要获取内容的组件所在表单的名称。<br>
<br>
<strong>返回：</strong> 无
<hr noshade>
<strong>语法：</strong> tinyMCE.execInstanceCommand(editor_id, command, [user_interface], [value]);<br>
<br>
<strong>描述：</strong>此方法通过editor_id参数找到某个编辑器实例，在此编辑器上执行一个命令。<br>
<br>
<strong>参数：</strong><br>
editor_id - 编辑器实例的ID或者被替换后的组件id/名称。<br>
command - 要执行的命令。查看execCommand函数以获取更多细节。<br>
[user_interface] - 是否使用用户界面。<br>
[value] - 执行命令时要传递的参数，例如：一个URL。<br>
<br>
<strong>返回：</strong> 无
<hr noshade>
<strong><a name="execcommand"></a>语法：</strong> tinyMCE.execCommand(command, [user_interface], [value]);<br>
<br>
<strong>描述：</strong>此方法在选定编辑器中通过名称执行特定命令。<br>
<br>
<strong>参数：<br>
</strong>command - 要执行的命令，例如：&quot;Bold&quot; or &quot;Italic&quot;。<a href="http://www.mozilla.org/editor/midas-spec.html" target="_blank">你可以通过此连接来查看Mozilla Midas spec</a>。但是tinyMCE也有自身一些特殊的命令如下表所示：<br>
<br>
<table cellpadding="3" cellspacing="1" bgcolor="#111111">
<tr bgcolor="#FFFFFF">
<td width="150"><strong>mceLink</strong></td>
<td>打开插入链接对话框并插入链接。</td>
</tr>
<tr bgcolor="#FFFFFF">
<td width="150"><strong>mceImage</strong></td>
<td>打开插入图像对话框并插入图像。</td>
</tr>
<tr bgcolor="#FFFFFF">
<td><strong>mceCleanup</strong></td>
<td>从HTML代码中移除不需要的组件和属性。</td>
</tr>
<tr bgcolor="#FFFFFF">
<td><strong>mceHelp</strong></td>
<td>打开文档页面。</td>
</tr>
<tr bgcolor="#FFFFFF">
<td><strong>mceInsertTable</strong></td>
<td>在鼠标位置插入表格，默认尺寸为：2×2。如果execCommand函数中有指定value参数，它的格式必须为name/value形式的数组，其中name有以下选项：cols, rows, border, cellspacing, cellpadding。border（边框）的默认大小为：0。</td>
</tr>
<tr bgcolor="#FFFFFF">
<td><strong>mceTableInsertRowBefore</strong></td>
<td>在当前鼠标所在位置之前插入一行。</td>
</tr>
<tr bgcolor="#FFFFFF">
<td><strong>mceTableInsertRowAfter</strong></td>
<td>在当前鼠标所在位置之后插入一行。</td>
</tr>
<tr bgcolor="#FFFFFF">
<td><strong>mceTableDeleteRow</strong></td>
<td>将当前鼠标所在行删除。</td>
</tr>
<tr bgcolor="#FFFFFF">
<td><strong>mceTableInsertColBefore</strong></td>
<td>在当前鼠标所在位置之前插入一列。</td>
</tr>
<tr bgcolor="#FFFFFF">
<td><strong>mceTableInsertColAfter</strong></td>
<td>在当前鼠标所在位置之后插入一列。</td>
</tr>
<tr bgcolor="#FFFFFF">
<td><strong>mceTableDeleteCol</strong></td>
<td>将当前鼠标所在列删除。</td>
</tr>
<tr bgcolor="#FFFFFF">
<td><strong>mceAddControl</strong></td>
<td>向编辑器添加组件控制，此编辑器的id/name由value指定。</td>
</tr>
<tr bgcolor="#FFFFFF">
<td><strong>mceRemoveControl</strong></td>
<td>通过editor_id名称来移除特定控制。value是要移除的editor_id（编辑器ID），编辑器ID格式如下：&quot;mce_editor_&lt;index&gt;&quot;。<BR>
也可以使用DOM组件的ID和表单名。</td>
</tr>
<tr bgcolor="#FFFFFF">
<td><strong>mceFocus</strong></td>
<td>使以value的值为ID的编辑器获得焦点。编辑器ID格式如下：&quot;mce_editor_&lt;index&gt;&quot;。也可以使用DOM组件的ID和表单名。</td>
</tr>
<tr bgcolor="#FFFFFF">
<td><strong>mceSetCSSClass</strong></td>
<td>设置CSS类属性，或者在选择框中创建新的span。value的值是要给选定组件指派的css类名或者要新创建的span组件名称。</td>
</tr>
<tr bgcolor="#FFFFFF">
<td><strong>mceInsertContent</strong></td>
<td>在当前鼠标所在位置插入value的内容。</td>
</tr>
<tr bgcolor="#FFFFFF">
<td><strong>mceReplaceContent</strong></td>
<td>将当前选定部分替换为value中的HTML代码。{$selection}变量由当前选定部分的文字内容替换。</td>
</tr>
<tr bgcolor="#FFFFFF">
<td><strong>mceSetAttribute</strong></td>
<td><p>为当前选定组件设置属性。此命令的value应该是name/value数组，其参数如下：<br>
<br>
<strong>name</strong> - 要设置的属性名。<br>
<strong>value</strong> - 要设置的属性值。<br>
<strong>[targets]</strong> - 要增加属性的目标组件，默认为：p,img,span,div,td,h1,h2,h3,h4,h5,h6,pre,address。<br>
<br>
使用示例：<br>
tinyMCE.execCommand('mceSetAttribute',false,{name:'align',value:'right'});</p></td>
</tr>
<tr bgcolor="#FFFFFF">
<td><strong>mceToggleVisualAid</strong></td>
<td><p>是否开启视觉帮助模式</p></td>
</tr>
<tr bgcolor="#FFFFFF">
<td><strong>mceAnchor</strong></td>
<td><p>插入名称锚点。value是锚点的名称。</p></td>
</tr>
<tr bgcolor="#FFFFFF">
<td><strong>mceResetDesignMode</strong></td>
<td><p>重置所有编辑器实例的设计模式状态。在Firefox中，当编辑器被放在制表符中或者用style.display=&quot;none/block&quot;来控制隐显的时候，此命令非常有用。在编辑器重新显示时调用此命令。</p></td>
</tr>
<tr bgcolor="#FFFFFF">
<td><strong>mceSelectNode</strong></td>
<td><p>选定value指定的节点/组件。同时此命令会使编辑器滚动到此组件所在位置。</p></td>
</tr>
<tr bgcolor="#FFFFFF">
<td><strong>mceSelectNodeDepth</strong></td>
<td><p>从当前节点以深度关系选择指定的节点/组件。所以0值会选定当前聚焦的节点。同时此命令会使编辑器滚动到此组件所在位置。</p>
</td>
</tr>
</table>
<br>
user_interface - 申明某命令是否会显示用户界面。True/False选项。<br>
value - 要传递给命令的值。例如，插入链接时，它就是链接的URL。<br>
<br>
<strong>返回：</strong> 无<br>
<br>
<strong>示例：</strong><br>
<table border="0" cellspacing="3" cellpadding="2" class="sample">
<tr>
<td class="samplecontent">&lt;a href=&quot;<font color="#990000">javascript:tinymce.execCommand('Bold');</font>&quot;&gt;[Do
bold]&lt;/a&gt;</td>
</tr>
</table>
<hr noshade>
<strong>语法：</strong> tinyMCE.insertLink(href, target);<br>
<br>
<strong>描述：</strong>此方法在当前选定编辑器实例的鼠标位置插入一个链接，或者用新的数据来更新已有链接。当你创建自己的主题时，此方法应在插入链接的弹出窗口中的OK按钮按下时被调用。<br>
<br>
<strong>参数：<br>
</strong>href - 链接的地址/URL。<br>
target - 链接的目标。<br>
<br>
<strong>返回：</strong> 无
<hr noshade>
<strong>语法：</strong> tinyMCE.insertImage(src, alt, border, hspace, vspace,
width, height, align, title, onmouseover, onmouseout);<br>
<br>
<strong>描述：</strong>此方法在当前选定编辑器实例的鼠标位置插入图像，或者用新的数据来更新已有图像。当你创建自己的主题时，此方法应在插入图像的弹出窗口中的OK按钮按下时被调用。<br>
<br>
<strong>参数：<br>
</strong>src - 图像地址。<br>
alt - 图片的替代文字。<br>
border - 图像边框。<br>
hspace - 图像水平间距。<br>
vspace - 图像垂直间距。<br>
width - 图像宽。<br>
height - 图像高。<br>
align - 图像对齐方式。<br>
title - 图像链接的标题。<br>
onmouseover - 图像在鼠标放上去时的事件处理。<br>
onmouseout - 图像在鼠标移开时的事件处理。<br>
<br>
<strong>返回：</strong> 无
<hr noshade>
<strong>语法：</strong> tinyMCE.triggerNodeChange();<br>
<br>
<strong>描述：</strong>当编辑器发生外部变化时此方法被调用。然后此方法回调主题的&quot;handleNodeChangeCallback&quot;方法。<br>
<br>
<strong>参数： </strong>None<br>
<br>
<strong>返回：</strong> 无
<hr noshade>
<strong>语法：</strong> tinyMCE.getContent();<br>
<br>
<strong>描述：</strong>此方法返回当前选定编辑器中的HTML内容。如果没有任何选定编辑器，该方法返回null。<br>
<br>
<strong>参数： </strong>None<br>
<br>
<strong>返回：</strong>当前选定编辑器中的HTML内容或者null。
<hr noshade>
<strong>语法：</strong> tinyMCE.setContent(html);<br>
<br>
<strong>描述：</strong>此方法设定当前选定编辑器的HTML内容。<br>
<br>
<strong>参数：<br>
</strong>html - 要设定的HTML源代码。<br>
<br>
<strong>返回：</strong> None.
<hr noshade>
<strong>语法：</strong> tinyMCE.getEditorInstance(editor_id);<br>
<br>
<strong>描述：</strong>此方法通过editor_id返回某个编辑器实例。<br>
<br>
<strong>参数：<br>
</strong>editor_id - 要获取的编辑器实例。<br>
<br>
<strong>返回：</strong>编辑器实例(TinyMCEControl)。
<hr noshade>
<strong>语法：</strong> tinyMCE.importThemeLanguagePack([theme]);<br>
<br>
<strong>描述：</strong>此方法导入主题中特定的语言包。自定义主题中可以调用此方法。<br>
<br>
<strong>参数：</strong><br>
[theme] - 当前主题名称。此选项可选，默认为全局的&quot;theme&quot;设定。此参数在主题插件中非常有用。<br>
<br>
<strong>返回：</strong> None.
<hr noshade>
<strong>语法：</strong> tinyMCE.importPluginLanguagePack(plugin, valid_languages);<br>
<br>
<strong>描述：</strong>此方法导入插件中特定的语言包。自定义插件中可以调用此方法。<br>
<br>
<strong>参数：</strong><br>
plugin - 当前插件的名称。<br>
valid_languages - 以逗号分隔的所支持语言包列表。<br>
<br>
<strong>返回：</strong> None.
<hr noshade>
<strong>语法：</strong> tinyMCE.applyTemplate(html);<br>
<br>
<strong>描述：</strong>此方法替换主题中的设置及语言变量。<br>
<br>
<strong>参数：</strong>
<br>
html - 要替换主题变量的HTML代码。<br>
<br>
<strong>返回：</strong> 转换后的HTML代码。
<hr noshade>
<strong>语法：</strong> tinyMCE.openWindow(template, [args]);<br>
<br>
<strong>描述：</strong>此方法通过从指定的template参数中获取width, height及html数据来打开新窗口。数组参数args中包含要替换的变量名。<br>
<br>
还有一些自定义的窗口参数：<br>
mce_replacevariables
- 启用/禁用HTML文档中的语言/变量替换。默认启用。<br>
mce_windowresize - 启用/禁用弹出窗口的自动resize特征，默认启用。<br>
<br>
<strong>参数：</strong> <br>
template - Name/Value数组，以width, height, html和file为键。<br>
[args] - 包含要替换变量名的Name/Value数组。模板文件中的键值变量被参数列表所替换。<BR>
例如：image.php?src={$src}被替换为：image.php?src=image.gif。<br>
<br>
<strong>返回：</strong> None.
<hr noshade>
<strong>语法：</strong> tinyMCE.getWindowArg(name, [default_value]);<br>
<br>
<strong>描述：</strong>此方法根据name返回窗口参数，它可以用在主题中的弹出窗口中，以获取对话框中的参数。<br>
<br>
<strong>参数：</strong> <br>
name - 要获取的窗口参数的名称。<br>
[default_value] - 窗口参数丢失时返回的默认值。<br>
<br>
<strong>返回：</strong> 窗口参数的值。
<hr noshade>
<strong>语法：</strong> tinyMCE.setWindowArg(name, value);<br>
<br>
<strong>描述：</strong>此方法根据name设定窗口参数，例如它在某插件调用其他插件时非常有用。<br>
<br>
<strong>参数：</strong> <br>
name - 要设置的窗口参数。<br>
value - 窗口参数中要设置的值。<br>
<br>
<strong>返回：</strong> 窗口参数值。
<hr noshade>
<strong>语法：</strong> tinyMCE.getParam(name, [default_value], [strip_whitespace]);<br>
<br>
<strong>描述：</strong>此方法返回TinyMCE的配置参数。<br>
<br>
<strong>参数：</strong> <br>
name - 要获取的窗口参数名。<br>
[default_value] - 窗口参数丢失时返回的默认值。<br>
[strip_whitespace] - 如果为真，所有返回值中的空白字符将会被除去。默认：false。<br>
<br>
<strong>返回：</strong>TinyMCE配置参数。<br>
<hr noshade>
<table width="100%" border="0" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="3" class="pagefooter">
<tr>
<td>返回&nbsp;<a href="index.htm">内容提要</a></td>
<td align="right"><a href="#">顶部</a></td>
</tr>
</table>
<br>
</body>
</html>

BIN
www/extras/tinymce/examples/Thumbs.db
View file

Binary file not shown.

27
www/extras/tinymce/examples/dump.php
View file

@ -1,27 +0,0 @@
<html>
<head>
<title>Displays the output of a TinyMCE</title>
</head>
<body>
<h2>HTML output from post</h2>
<table border="1" width="100%">
<tr bgcolor="#CCCCCC"><td width="1%" nowrap="nowrap"><strong>Form element</strong></td><td><strong>HTML output</strong></td></tr>
<? foreach ($_POST as $name => $value) { ?>
<tr><td width="1%" nowrap="nowrap"><?=$name?></td><td><?=stripslashes($value)?></td></tr>
<? } ?>
</table>
<h2>Source output from post</h2>
<table border="1" width="100%">
<tr bgcolor="#CCCCCC"><td width="1%" nowrap="nowrap"><strong>Form element</td><td><strong>Source output</strong></td></tr>
<? foreach ($_POST as $name => $value) { ?>
<tr><td width="1%" nowrap="nowrap"><?=$name?></td><td><?=htmlentities(stripslashes($value))?></td></tr>
<? } ?>
</table>
</body>
</html>

40
www/extras/tinymce/examples/example_advanced.css
View file

@ -1,40 +0,0 @@
body {
background-color: #FFFFFF;
font-family: Verdana, Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;
font-size: 12px;
color: #880000;
scrollbar-3dlight-color: #F0F0EE;
scrollbar-arrow-color: #676662;
scrollbar-base-color: #F0F0EE;
scrollbar-darkshadow-color: #DDDDDD;
scrollbar-face-color: #E0E0DD;
scrollbar-highlight-color: #F0F0EE;
scrollbar-shadow-color: #F0F0EE;
scrollbar-track-color: #F5F5F5;
}
.header1 {
font-weight: bold;
font-size: 14px
}
.header2 {
font-weight: bold;
font-size: 12px;
color: #FF0000
}
.header3 {
font-weight: normal;
font-size: 12px;
color: #0000FF
}
.tablerow1 {
background-color: #BBBBBB;
}
td {
font-family: Verdana, Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;
font-size: 12px;
}

111
www/extras/tinymce/examples/example_advanced.htm
View file

@ -1,111 +0,0 @@
<html>
<head>
<link href="../docs/style.css" rel="stylesheet" type="text/css">
<!-- tinyMCE -->
<script language="javascript" type="text/javascript" src="../jscripts/tiny_mce/tiny_mce.js"></script>
<script language="javascript" type="text/javascript">
tinyMCE.init({
theme : "advanced",
//language : "sv",
mode : "exact",
elements : "elm1,elm2",
//insertlink_callback : "customInsertLink",
//insertimage_callback : "customInsertImage",
save_callback : "customSave",
content_css : "example_advanced.css",
extended_valid_elements : "a[href|target|name]",
plugins : "table",
theme_advanced_buttons3_add_before : "tablecontrols,separator",
//invalid_elements : "a",
theme_advanced_styles : "Header 1=header1;Header 2=header2;Header 3=header3;Table Row=tableRow1", // Theme specific setting CSS classes
debug : false
});
// Custom insert link callback, extends the link function
function customInsertLink(href, target) {
var result = new Array();
alert("customInsertLink called href: " + href + " target: " + target);
result['href'] = "http://www.sourceforge.net";
result['target'] = '_blank';
return result;
}
// Custom insert image callback, extends the image function
function customInsertImage(src, alt, border, hspace, vspace, width, height, align) {
var result = new Array();
var debug = "CustomInsertImage called:\n"
debug += "src: " + src + "\n";
debug += "alt: " + alt + "\n";
debug += "border: " + border + "\n";
debug += "hspace: " + hspace + "\n";
debug += "vspace: " + vspace + "\n";
debug += "width: " + width + "\n";
debug += "height: " + height + "\n";
debug += "align: " + align + "\n";
alert(debug);
result['src'] = "logo.jpg";
result['alt'] = "test description";
result['border'] = "2";
result['hspace'] = "5";
result['vspace'] = "5";
result['width'] = width;
result['height'] = height;
result['align'] = "right";
return result;
}
// Custom save callback, gets called when the contents is to be submitted
function customSave(id, content) {
alert(id + "=" + content);
}
</script>
<!-- /tinyMCE -->
</head>
<body>
<a href="example_simple.htm">[Simple example]</a> [Advanced example] <a href="example_mail.htm">[Mail example]</a> <a href="example_full.htm">[Full featured example]</a>
<h3>Advanced example</h3>
This page shows a more complex usage of TinyMCE. On this page the mode is set to convert specific elements in this case a DIV element and a TEXTAREA into editor instances. The example below uses a custom CSS, thats why the text is red and it allso uses the &quot;advanced&quot; theme that includes more options than the default one. The code allso includes examples of custom call back functions and much more. Notice the submit button at the end of the page, this button triggers a save action. Read more about the features and possible settings of TinyMCE in the <a href="../docs/index.htm">manual</a>.<br>
<br>
<!-- Form with textare element with width: 100% -->
<form method="post" action="post.php">
<textarea name="elm1" style="width:100%" rows="15">
<span class="header1">Test header 1</span><br />
<span class="header2">Test header 2</span><br />
<span class="header3">Test header 3</span><br />
Some <b>element</b>, this is to be editor 1. <br /> This editor instance has a 100% width to it.
<p>Some paragraph. <a href="http://www.sourceforge.net">Some link</a></p>
<img src="logo.jpg">
</textarea>
<br>
<input type="button" name="save" value="save" onclick="tinyMCE.triggerSave();">
</form>
<!-- Div elements that gets to be a editor instance aswell -->
<div id="elm2" style="width:400px; height:250px">
Some <b>element</b>, this is to be editor 2. <br /> This editor instance is a DIV element instead of a textarea.
<p>Some paragraph. <a href="http://www.sourceforge.net">Some link</a></p>
<img src="logo.jpg">
</div>
<br>
Some custom actions:
<a href="javascript:tinyMCE.execCommand('Bold');">[Bold]</a> |
<a href="javascript:tinyMCE.execCommand('Italic');">[Italic]</a>
<a href="javascript:void(0);" onclick="tinyMCE.execCommand('mceInsertContent',false,'<b>Hello world!!</b>');">[Insert some HTML]</a>
<a href="javascript:void(0);" onclick="tinyMCE.execCommand('mceReplaceContent',false,'<b>{$selection}</b>');">[Replace selection]</a>
<br>
</body>
</html>

9
www/extras/tinymce/examples/example_flash_list.js
View file

@ -1,9 +0,0 @@
// This list may be created by a server logic page PHP/ASP/ASPX/JSP in some backend system.
// There flash movies will be displayed as a dropdown in all flash dialogs if the "flash_external_list_url"
// option is defined in TinyMCE init.
var tinyMCEFlashList = new Array(
// Name, URL
["Some Flash 1", "test1.swf"],
["Some Flash 2", "test2.swf"]
);

47
www/extras/tinymce/examples/example_full.css
View file

@ -1,47 +0,0 @@
body {
background-color: #FFFFFF;
font-family: Verdana, Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;
font-size: 10px;
scrollbar-3dlight-color: #F0F0EE;
scrollbar-arrow-color: #676662;
scrollbar-base-color: #F0F0EE;
scrollbar-darkshadow-color: #DDDDDD;
scrollbar-face-color: #E0E0DD;
scrollbar-highlight-color: #F0F0EE;
scrollbar-shadow-color: #F0F0EE;
scrollbar-track-color: #F5F5F5;
}
td {
font-family: Verdana, Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;
font-size: 10px;
}
pre {
font-family: Verdana, Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;
font-size: 10px;
}
/* Custom class needed by the flash plugin */
.mce_plugin_flash {
border: 1px dotted #cc0000;
background-image: url(../jscripts/tiny_mce/plugins/flash/images/flash.gif);
background-position: center;
background-repeat: no-repeat;
background-color: #ffffcc;
}
.example1 {
font-weight: bold;
font-size: 14px
}
.example2 {
font-weight: bold;
font-size: 12px;
color: #FF0000
}
.tablerow1 {
background-color: #BBBBBB;
}

62
www/extras/tinymce/examples/example_full.htm
View file

@ -1,62 +0,0 @@
<html>
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=gb2312">
<link href="../docs/style.css" rel="stylesheet" type="text/css">
<!-- tinyMCE -->
<script language="javascript" type="text/javascript" src="../jscripts/tiny_mce/tiny_mce.js"></script>
<script language="javascript" type="text/javascript">
tinyMCE.init({
mode : "textareas",
theme : "advanced",
plugins : "table,save,advhr,advimage,advlink,emotions,iespell,insertdatetime,preview,zoom,flash,searchreplace,print",
theme_advanced_buttons1_add_before : "save,separator",
theme_advanced_buttons1_add : "fontselect,fontsizeselect",
theme_advanced_buttons2_add : "separator,insertdate,inserttime,preview,zoom,separator,forecolor,backcolor",
theme_advanced_buttons2_add_before: "cut,copy,paste,separator,search,replace,separator",
theme_advanced_buttons3_add_before : "tablecontrols,separator",
theme_advanced_buttons3_add : "emotions,iespell,flash,advhr,separator,print",
theme_advanced_toolbar_location : "top",
theme_advanced_toolbar_align : "left",
theme_advanced_path_location : "bottom",
content_css : "example_full.css",
plugin_insertdate_dateFormat : "%Y-%m-%d",
plugin_insertdate_timeFormat : "%H:%M:%S",
extended_valid_elements : "a[name|href|target|title|onclick],img[class|src|border=0|alt|title|hspace|vspace|width|height|align|onmouseover|onmouseout|name],hr[class|width|size|noshade],font[face|size|color|style],span[class|align|style]",
external_link_list_url : "example_link_list.js",
external_image_list_url : "example_image_list.js",
flash_external_list_url : "example_flash_list.js",
file_browser_callback : "fileBrowserCallBack"
});
function fileBrowserCallBack(field_name, url, type) {
// This is where you insert your custom filebrowser logic
alert("Filebrowser callback: " + field_name + "," + url + "," + type);
}
</script>
<!-- /tinyMCE -->
</head>
<body>
<a href="example_simple.htm">[Simple example]</a> <a href="example_advanced.htm">[Advanced example]</a> <a href="example_mail.htm">[Mail example]</a> [Full featured example]
<form method="post" action="http://tinymce.moxiecode.com/examples/dump.php">
<h3>Full featured example</h3>
This page shows all available plugins that are included in the TinyMCE distribution. Some of these plugins will only be visible on MSIE due to the lack of some support in FF. For more details on the various options on TinyMCE check the <a href="../docs/index.htm">manual</a> or for more third party plugins check the plugin section.<br><br>
<textarea id="elm1" name="elm1" rows="15" cols="80" style="width: 100%">
Some <strong>element</strong>, this is to be editor 1.
<p>Some paragraph. <a title="Some popup link title" href="#" target="http://tinymce.moxiecode.com" onclick="window.open('http://www.sourceforge.net/','popup','left='+(screen.availWidth/2-320)+',top='+(screen.availHeight/2-240)+',width=640,height=480,resizable=yes');return false;">Some popup link</a></p>
<img width="250" height="48" border="0" onmouseover="this.src='logo_over.jpg';" onmouseout="this.src='logo.jpg';" src="logo.jpg" />
</textarea>
<br />
<input type="submit" name="save" value="Submit" />
<input type="reset" name="reset" value="Reset" />
</form>
</body>
</html>

9
www/extras/tinymce/examples/example_image_list.js
View file

@ -1,9 +0,0 @@
// This list may be created by a server logic page PHP/ASP/ASPX/JSP in some backend system.
// There images will be displayed as a dropdown in all image dialogs if the "external_link_image_url"
// option is defined in TinyMCE init.
var tinyMCEImageList = new Array(
// Name, URL
["Logo 1", "logo.jpg"],
["Lgog 2", "logo_over.jpg"]
);

10
www/extras/tinymce/examples/example_link_list.js
View file

@ -1,10 +0,0 @@
// This list may be created by a server logic page PHP/ASP/ASPX/JSP in some backend system.
// There links will be displayed as a dropdown in all link dialogs if the "external_link_list_url"
// option is defined in TinyMCE init.
var tinyMCELinkList = new Array(
// Name, URL
["Moxiecode", "http://www.moxiecode.com"],
["Freshmeat", "http://www.freshmeat.com"],
["Sourceforge", "http://www.sourceforge.com"]
);

38
www/extras/tinymce/examples/example_mail.htm
View file

@ -1,38 +0,0 @@
<html>
<head>
<link href="../docs/style.css" rel="stylesheet" type="text/css">
<!-- tinyMCE -->
<script language="javascript" type="text/javascript" src="../jscripts/tiny_mce/tiny_mce.js"></script>
<script language="javascript" type="text/javascript">
tinyMCE.init({
theme : "advanced",
mode : "textareas",
theme_advanced_buttons1 : "bold,italic,underline,strikethrough,separator,justifyleft,justifycenter,justifyright,justifyfull,separator,formatselect,fontselect,fontsizeselect,forecolor",
extended_valid_elements : "font[face|size|color]",
plugins : "table",
theme_advanced_buttons3_add_before : "tablecontrols,separator"
});
</script>
<!-- /tinyMCE -->
</head>
<body>
<a href="example_simple.htm">[Simple example]</a> <a href="example_advanced.htm">[Advanced example]</a> [Mail example] <a href="example_full.htm">[Full featured example]</a>
<h3>Mail example</h3>
This example shows how to enable the font face and size select boxes for usage in online email systems and other situations where CSS classes is impossible to use. But for contents used on websites I suggest using the CSS approach.
Read more about the features and possible settings of TinyMCE in the <a href="../docs/index.htm">manual</a>.<br>
<br>
<!-- Form with textare element with width: 100% -->
<form method="post" action="post.php">
<textarea id="elm1" name="elm2" style="width:100%" rows="15">
<h3>Test mail header 3</h3>
Some <b>element</b>. <br /> This editor instance has a 100% width to it.
<p>Some paragraph. <a href="http://www.sourceforge.net">Some link</a></p>
<img src="logo.jpg">
</textarea>
</form>
</body>
</html>

39
www/extras/tinymce/examples/example_simple.htm
View file

@ -1,39 +0,0 @@
<html>
<head>
<link href="../docs/style.css" rel="stylesheet" type="text/css">
<!-- tinyMCE -->
<script language="javascript" type="text/javascript" src="../jscripts/tiny_mce/tiny_mce.js"></script>
<script language="javascript" type="text/javascript">
tinyMCE.init({
mode : "textareas"
});
</script>
<!-- /tinyMCE -->
</head>
<body>
[Simple example] <a href="example_advanced.htm">[Advanced example]</a> <a href="example_mail.htm">[Mail example]</a> <a href="example_full.htm">[Full featured example]</a>
<form>
<h3>Simple example</h3>
This page shows how to use TinyMCE on a HTML page in the most common and simple way. On this page each TEXTAREA
element gets converted to a editor instance on page load. Notice how TinyMCE tries to match the width and height of the old text area elements. Read more about the features and settings of TinyMCE in the <a href="../docs/index.htm">manual</a>.<br><br>
<textarea id="elm1" name="elm1" rows="10" cols="40">
Some <b>element</b>, this is to be editor 1.
<p>Some paragraph. <a href="http://www.sourceforge.net">Some link</a></p>
<img src="logo.jpg">
</textarea>
<br><br>
<textarea id="elm2" name="elm2" rows="15" cols="32">
Some <b>element</b>, this is to be editor 1.
<p>Some paragraph. <a href="http://www.sourceforge.net">Some link</a></p>
<img src="logo.jpg">
</textarea>
</form>
</body>
</html>

BIN
www/extras/tinymce/examples/logo.jpg
View file

Binary file not shown.
Side by side

Before

Width:  |  Height:  |  Size: 2.7 KiB

BIN
www/extras/tinymce/examples/logo_over.jpg
View file

Binary file not shown.
Side by side

Before

Width:  |  Height:  |  Size: 6.4 KiB

33
www/extras/tinymce/jscripts/tiny_mce/themes/advanced/docs/ca_fr/about.htm vendored
View file

@ -1,33 +0,0 @@
<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN">
<HTML>
<HEAD>
<TITLE>&Agrave; propos de TinyMCE</TITLE>
<link href="style.css" rel="stylesheet" type="text/css">
</HEAD>
<BODY>
<table width="100%" border="0" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="3" class="pageheader">
<tr>
<td><span class="title">&Agrave; propos de TinyMCE</span></td>
<td align="right"><a href="index.htm">Table des mati&egrave;res</a></td>
</tr>
</table>
<hr noshade>
<br>
TinyMCE est un petit &eacute;diteur "WYSIWYG" pour page Web comme MSIE ou Mozilla qui
vous permet de manipuler du contenu HTML d'une fa&ccedil;on plus intuitive.
Il est simple d'utilisation et poss&egrave;de les fonctionalit&eacute;s ls plus r&eacute;pendues que l'on peut retrouver dans
les traitements de texte.
<br>
<br>
<hr noshade>
<table width="100%" border="0" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="3" class="pagefooter">
<tr>
<td>Aller &agrave;: <a href="index.htm">Table des mati&egrave;res</a></td>
<td align="right"><a href="#">Haut de page</a></td>
</tr>
</table>
<br>
</BODY>
</HTML>

161
www/extras/tinymce/jscripts/tiny_mce/themes/advanced/docs/ca_fr/common_buttons.htm vendored
View file

@ -1,161 +0,0 @@
<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN">
<HTML>
<HEAD>
<TITLE>Outils communs</TITLE>
<link href="style.css" rel="stylesheet" type="text/css">
</HEAD>
<BODY>
<table width="100%" border="0" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="3" class="pageheader">
<tr>
<td><span class="title">Outils communs</span></td>
<td align="right"><a href="index.htm">Table des mati&egrave;res</a></td>
</tr>
</table>
<hr noshade>
<br>
Ci-dessous une courte description de chacuns des outils.<img src="../../images/spacer.gif" width="1" height="1">
<br>
<br>
<table border="1" cellpadding="3" cellspacing="0">
<tr>
<td><img src="../../images/bold_fr.gif" width="20" height="20"></td>
<td>Met le texte s&eacute;lectionn&eacute; en gras.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><img src="../../images/italic.gif" width="20" height="20"></td>
<td>Met le texte s&eacute;lectionn&eacute; en italique.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><img src="../../images/underline.gif" width="20" height="20"></td>
<td>Souligne le texte s&eacute;lectionn&eacute;.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><img src="../../images/strikethrough.gif" width="20" height="20"></td>
<td>Barre le texte s&eacute;lectionn&eacute;.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><img src="../../images/left.gif" width="20" height="20"></td>
<td>Alignement &agrave; gauche.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><img src="../../images/center.gif" width="20" height="20"></td>
<td>Alignement au centr&eacute;.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><img src="../../images/right.gif" width="20" height="20"></td>
<td>Alignement &agrave; droite.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><img src="../../images/full.gif" width="20" height="20"></td>
<td>Texte justifi&eacute;.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><img src="../../images/bullist.gif" width="20" height="20"></td>
<td>Liste &agrave; puces.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><img src="../../images/numlist.gif" width="20" height="20"></td>
<td>Liste num&eacute;rot&eacute;e</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><img src="../../images/outdent.gif" width="20" height="20"></td>
<td>R&eacute;duit l'indentation.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><img src="../../images/indent.gif" width="20" height="20"></td>
<td>Augmente l'indentation.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><img src="../../images/undo.gif" width="20" height="20"></td>
<td>Annule la derni&egrave;re op&eacute;ration.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><img src="../../images/redo.gif" width="20" height="20"></td>
<td>Refait la derni&egrave;re op&eacute;ration annul&eacute;e.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><img src="../../images/link.gif" width="20" height="20"></td>
<td>Ins&egrave;re ou modifie un hyperlien. Allez &agrave; la page <a href="insert_link_button.htm">
Outil d'ajout d'hyperliens</a> pour plus de d&eacute;tails.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><img src="../../images/unlink.gif" width="20" height="20"></td>
<td>Efface les hyperliens qui sont s&eacute;lection&eacute;es.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><img src="../../images/image.gif" width="20" height="20"></td>
<td>Ins&egrave;re ou modifie une image. Allez &agrave; la page <a href="insert_image_button.htm">
Outil d'ajout d'images</a> pour plus de d&eacute;tails.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><img src="../../images/cleanup.gif" width="20" height="20"></td>
<td>Nettoie le code et retire les param&egrave;tres non d&eacute;sir&eacute;s. Cet outil
est tr&egrave;s utile lorsque vous copiez du contenu provenant de logiciels
de bureatique.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><img src="../../images/help.gif" width="20" height="20"></td>
<td>Affiche cette page d'aide.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><img src="../../images/code.gif" width="20" height="20"></td>
<td>Ouvre un &eacute;diteur permettant de modifier le code HTML. </td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><img src="../../images/table.gif" width="20" height="20"></td>
<td>Ins&egrave;re un nouveau tableau &agrave; la position actuelle. Allez &agrave; la page <a href="insert_table_button.htm">
Outil d'ajout de tableau</a> pour plus de d&eacute;tails.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><img src="../../images/table_insert_row_before.gif" width="20" height="20"></td>
<td>Ajoute une ligne au tableau avant la ligne courante. </td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><img src="../../images/table_insert_row_after.gif" width="20" height="20"></td>
<td>Ajoute une ligne au tableau apr&egrave;s la ligne courante. </td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><img src="../../images/table_delete_row.gif" width="20" height="20"></td>
<td>Supprime la ligne courante. </td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><img src="../../images/table_insert_col_before.gif" width="20" height="20"></td>
<td>Ajoute une colonne au tableau avant la colonne courante. </td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><img src="../../images/table_insert_col_after.gif" width="20" height="20"></td>
<td>Ajoute une colonne au tableau apr&egrave;s la colonne courante. </td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><img src="../../images/table_delete_col.gif" width="20" height="20"></td>
<td>Supprime la colonne courante. </td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><img src="../../images/hr.gif" width="20" height="20"></td>
<td>Ins&egrave;re un s&eacute;parateur horizontal. </td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><img src="../../images/removeformat.gif" width="20" height="20"></td>
<td>Supprime les formattages du texte s&eacute;lectionn&eacute;. </td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><img src="../../images/sub.gif" width="20" height="20"></td>
<td>Transforme le texte s&eacute;lectionn&eacute; en texte souscrit. </td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><img src="../../images/sup.gif" width="20" height="20"></td>
<td>Transforme le texte s&eacute;lectionn&eacute; en indice sup&eacute;rieur. </td>
</tr>
</table>
<br>
<hr noshade>
<table width="100%" border="0" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="3" class="pagefooter">
<tr>
<td>Aller &agrave;: <a href="index.htm">Table des mati&egrave;res</a></td>
<td align="right"><a href="#">Haut de page</a></td>
</tr>
</table>
</BODY>
</HTML>

BIN
www/extras/tinymce/jscripts/tiny_mce/themes/advanced/docs/ca_fr/images/insert_image_window.gif vendored
View file

Binary file not shown.
Side by side

Before

Width:  |  Height:  |  Size: 38 KiB

BIN
www/extras/tinymce/jscripts/tiny_mce/themes/advanced/docs/ca_fr/images/insert_link_window.gif vendored
View file

Binary file not shown.
Side by side

Before

Width:  |  Height:  |  Size: 20 KiB

BIN
www/extras/tinymce/jscripts/tiny_mce/themes/advanced/docs/ca_fr/images/insert_table_window.gif vendored
View file

Binary file not shown.
Side by side

Before

Width:  |  Height:  |  Size: 32 KiB

26
www/extras/tinymce/jscripts/tiny_mce/themes/advanced/docs/ca_fr/index.htm vendored
View file

@ -1,26 +0,0 @@
<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN">
<HTML>
<HEAD>
<TITLE>Table des mati&egrave;res de l'aide</TITLE>
<link href="style.css" rel="stylesheet" type="text/css">
</HEAD>
<BODY onload="window.focus();">
<table width="100%" border="0" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="3" class="pageheader">
<tr>
<td><span class="title">Table des mati&egrave;res</span></td>
<td align="right">&nbsp;</td>
</tr>
</table>
<hr noshade>
<br>
Faites votre s&eacute;lection parmis les th&egrave;mes suivants:
<ul class="toc_ul">
<li class="toc_li"><a href="about.htm">&Agrave; propos de TinyMCE</a></li>
<li class="toc_li"><a href="common_buttons.htm">Outils communs</a></li>
<li class="toc_li"><a href="insert_image_button.htm">Outil d'ajout d'images</a></li>
<li class="toc_li"><a href="insert_link_button.htm">Outil d'ajout d'hyperliens</a></li>
<li class="toc_li"><a href="insert_table_button.htm">Outil d'ajout de tableau</a></li>
</ul>
<hr noshade>
</BODY>
</HTML>

67
www/extras/tinymce/jscripts/tiny_mce/themes/advanced/docs/ca_fr/insert_image_button.htm vendored
View file

@ -1,67 +0,0 @@
<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN">
<HTML>
<HEAD>
<TITLE>Outil d'ajout d'images</TITLE>
<link href="style.css" rel="stylesheet" type="text/css">
</HEAD>
<BODY>
<table width="100%" border="0" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="3" class="pageheader">
<tr>
<td><span class="title">Outil d'ajout d'images</span></td>
<td align="right"><a href="index.htm">Table des mati&egrave;res</a></td>
</tr>
</table>
<hr noshade>
<br>
L'outil d'ajout d'images ouvre la fen&ecirc;tre ci-dessous.<br>
<br>
<img src="images/insert_image_window.gif"><br>
<br>
Vous entrez tout simplement l'adresse de l'image que vous d&eacute;sirez ajouter et
entrez une description facultative. La description sera affich&eacute;e en texte alternatif
sur l'image lorsqu'elle sera publi&eacute;e.<br>
<br>
<strong>Description des champs:</strong><br>
<table border="1" cellspacing="0">
<tr>
<td width="150"><strong>Adresse de l'image </strong></td>
<td>Adresse URL de l'image &agrave; ins&eacute;rer.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="150"><strong>Description de l'image </strong></td>
<td>Description alternative de l'image.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>Dimensions</strong></td>
<td>Largeur et Hauteur de l'image en pixel. </td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>Alignement</strong></td>
<td>Alignement de l'image. Tr&egrave;s utile pour faire contourner le texte autour des images.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>Bordure</strong></td>
<td>&Eacute;paisseur en pixel de la bordure. </td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>VSpace</strong></td>
<td>Espacement vertical. Tr&egrave;s utile pour faire contourner le texte autour des images.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>HSpace</strong></td>
<td>Espacement horizontal. Tr&egrave;s utile pour faire contourner le texte autour des images.</td>
</tr>
</table>
<br>
<hr noshade>
<table width="100%" border="0" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="3" class="pagefooter">
<tr>
<td>Aller &agrave;: <a href="index.htm">Table des mati&egrave;res</a></td>
<td align="right"><a href="#">Haut de page</a></td>
</tr>
</table>
<br>
</BODY>
</HTML>

35
www/extras/tinymce/jscripts/tiny_mce/themes/advanced/docs/ca_fr/insert_link_button.htm vendored
View file

@ -1,35 +0,0 @@
<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN">
<HTML>
<HEAD>
<TITLE>Outil d'ajout d'hyperliens</TITLE>
<link href="style.css" rel="stylesheet" type="text/css">
</HEAD>
<BODY>
<table width="100%" border="0" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="3" class="pageheader">
<tr>
<td><span class="title">Outil d'ajout d'hyperliens</span></td>
<td align="right"><a href="index.htm">Table des mati&egrave;res</a></td>
</tr>
</table>
<hr noshade>
<br>
L'outil d'ajout d'hyperlien ouvre la fen&ecirc;tre ci-dessous.<br>
<br>
<img src="images/insert_link_window.gif"><br>
<br>
Il y a deux champs dans cette fen&ecirc;tre. L'Adresse URL est l'adresse
de l'hyperlien. La destination vous permet de choisir de quelle fa&ccedil;on
l'hyperlien sera ouvert.<br>
<br>
<hr noshade>
<table width="100%" border="0" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="3" class="pagefooter">
<tr>
<td>Aller &agrave;: <a href="index.htm">Table des mati&egrave;res</a></td>
<td align="right"><a href="#">Haut de page</a></td>
</tr>
</table>
<br>
</BODY>
</HTML>

72
www/extras/tinymce/jscripts/tiny_mce/themes/advanced/docs/ca_fr/insert_table_button.htm vendored
View file

@ -1,72 +0,0 @@
<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN">
<HTML>
<HEAD>
<TITLE>Outil d'ajout de tableau</TITLE>
<link href="style.css" rel="stylesheet" type="text/css">
</HEAD>
<BODY>
<table width="100%" border="0" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="3" class="pageheader">
<tr>
<td><span class="title">Outil d'ajout de tableau</span></td>
<td align="right"><a href="index.htm">Table des mati&egrave;res</a></td>
</tr>
</table>
<hr noshade>
<br>
L'outil d'ajout de tableau ouvre la fen&ecirc;tre ci-dessous. Elle vous permet de créer dfes talbeaux.<br>
<br>
<img src="images/insert_table_window.gif"><br>
<br>
<strong>Description des champs:</strong><br>
<table border="1" cellspacing="0">
<tr>
<td width="150"><strong>Colonnes</strong></td>
<td>Nombre de colonnes du tableau. </td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="150"><strong>Lignes</strong></td>
<td>Nombre de lignes du tableau. </td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>Cellpadding</strong></td>
<td>Marge à l'intérieur des cellules du tableau. </td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>Cellspacing</strong></td>
<td>Espacement entre les cellules du tableau. </td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>Alignement</strong></td>
<td>Alignement du tableau. </td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>Bordure</strong></td>
<td>Épaisseur des bordures du tableau.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>Largeur</strong></td>
<td>Largeur en pixel du tableau.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>Hauteur</strong></td>
<td>Hauteur en pixel du tableau.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>Classe CSS</strong></td>
<td>Nom de la classe CSS pour appliquer un style.</td>
</tr>
</table>
<br>
<br>
<hr noshade>
<table width="100%" border="0" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="3" class="pagefooter">
<tr>
<td>Aller &agrave;: <a href="index.htm">Table des mati&egrave;res</a></td>
<td align="right"><a href="#">Haut de page</a></td>
</tr>
</table>
<br>
</BODY>
</HTML>

28
www/extras/tinymce/jscripts/tiny_mce/themes/advanced/docs/ca_fr/style.css vendored
View file

@ -1,28 +0,0 @@
body { background-color: #FFFFFF; }
body, td, .content { font-family: Verdana, Arial, helvetica, sans-serif; font-size: 12px; }
.title { font-family: Verdana, Arial, helvetica, sans-serif; font-size: 16px; font-weight: bold; }
.subtitle { font-size: 12px; font-weight: bold; }
.toc_ul, .toc_li { margin-left: 8 px; line-height: 16px; }
.step_ol, .step_li { margin-left: 11 px; line-height: 16px; }
img { border: #000000 solid 1px; }
a:visited { color: #666666; text-decoration: underline; }
a:active { color: #666666; text-decoration: underline; }
a:hover { color: #666666; text-decoration: underline; }
a { color: #666666; text-decoration: underline; }
.pageheader { border: #E0E0E0 solid 1px; }
.pagefooter { border: #E0E0E0 solid 1px; }
.sample { background-color: #FFFFFF; border: #000000 solid 1px; }
.samplecontent { font-size: 10px; }
.code { background-color: #FFFFFF; border: #000000 solid 1px; }
.codecontent { font-size: 10px; }
.codecontent a:visited { color: #666666; text-decoration: none; font-weight: bold }
.codecontent a:active { color: #666666; text-decoration: none; font-weight: bold }
.codecontent a:hover { color: #666666; text-decoration: none; font-weight: bold }
.codecontent a { color: #666666; text-decoration: none; font-weight: bold }
hr { height: 1px; }

32
www/extras/tinymce/jscripts/tiny_mce/themes/advanced/docs/cz/about.htm vendored
View file

@ -1,32 +0,0 @@
<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN">
<HTML>
<HEAD>
<TITLE>O TinyMCE</TITLE>
<meta http-equiv="content-type" content="text/html; charset=iso-8859-2">
<link href="style.css" rel="stylesheet" type="text/css">
</HEAD>
<BODY>
<table width="100%" border="0" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="3" class="pageheader">
<tr>
<td><span class="title">O TinyMCE</span></td>
<td align="right"><a href="index.htm">Obsah</a></td>
</tr>
</table>
<hr noshade>
<br>
TinyMCE je malý WYSIWYG editor pro webové prohlí¾eèe jako jsou MSIE nebo Mozilla,
kterým lze HTML obsah upravovat mnohem jednodu¹eji. Obsahuje bì¾né funkce,
je¾ lze nalézt ve vìt¹inì textových editorù, proto by jeho pou¾ívání nemìlo být slo¾ité.<br>
<br>
<hr noshade>
<table width="100%" border="0" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="3" class="pagefooter">
<tr>
<td>Jdi na: <a href="index.htm">Obsah</a></td>
<td align="right"><a href="#">Nahoru</a></td>
</tr>
</table>
<br>
</BODY>
</HTML>

171
www/extras/tinymce/jscripts/tiny_mce/themes/advanced/docs/cz/common_buttons.htm vendored
View file

@ -1,171 +0,0 @@
<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN">
<HTML>
<HEAD>
<TITLE>Bì¾ná tlaèítka</TITLE>
<meta http-equiv="content-type" content="text/html; charset=iso-8859-2">
<link href="style.css" rel="stylesheet" type="text/css">
</HEAD>
<BODY>
<table width="100%" border="0" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="3" class="pageheader">
<tr>
<td><span class="title">Bì¾ná tlaèítka</span></td>
<td align="right"><a href="index.htm">Obsah</a></td>
</tr>
</table>
<hr noshade>
<br>
Ní¾e je krátce popsáno ka¾dé tlaèítko.
<img src="../../images/spacer.gif" width="1" height="1">
<br>
<br>
<table border="1" cellpadding="3" cellspacing="0">
<tr>
<td><img src="../../images/cut.gif" width="20" height="20"></td>
<td>Zkopíruje aktuálnì vybraný obsah do schránky. (Ctrl+C)</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><img src="../../images/copy.gif" width="20" height="20"></td>
<td>Vyjme aktuálnì vybraný obsah do schránky. (Ctrl+X)</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><img src="../../images/paste.gif" width="20" height="20"></td>
<td>Vlo¾í obsah schránky do okna editoru. (Ctrl+P)</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><img src="../../images/bold.gif" width="20" height="20"></td>
<td>Ztuèní text.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><img src="../../images/italic.gif" width="20" height="20"></td>
<td>Naformátuje text kurzívou.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><img src="../../images/underline.gif" width="20" height="20"></td>
<td>Podtrhne text.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><img src="../../images/strikethrough.gif" width="20" height="20"></td>
<td>Pøe¹krtne text.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><img src="../../images/left.gif" width="20" height="20"></td>
<td>Zarovná vlevo.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><img src="../../images/center.gif" width="20" height="20"></td>
<td>Zarovná na støed.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><img src="../../images/right.gif" width="20" height="20"></td>
<td>Zarovná vpravo.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><img src="../../images/full.gif" width="20" height="20"></td>
<td>Zarovná do bloku.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><img src="../../images/bullist.gif" width="20" height="20"></td>
<td>Neøazený seznam/seznam s odrá¾ky.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><img src="../../images/numlist.gif" width="20" height="20"></td>
<td>Øazený seznam/èíslovaný seznam.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><img src="../../images/outdent.gif" width="20" height="20"></td>
<td>Pøedsadí/sní¾í odsazení.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><img src="../../images/indent.gif" width="20" height="20"></td>
<td>Odsadí/zvý¹í odsazení.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><img src="../../images/undo.gif" width="20" height="20"></td>
<td>Vrátí zpìt naposledy provedenou akci.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><img src="../../images/redo.gif" width="20" height="20"></td>
<td>Obnoví poslední akci.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><img src="../../images/link.gif" width="20" height="20"></td>
<td>Vlo¾í nový odkaz, více o této funkci v èásti <a href="insert_link_button.htm">Vlo¾it odkaz</a>.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><img src="../../images/unlink.gif" width="20" height="20"></td>
<td>Zru¹í odkaz v aktuálním výbìru/odstranit v¹echny vybrané odkazy.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><img src="../../images/image.gif" width="20" height="20"></td>
<td>Vlo¾í nový obrázek, více o této funkci v èásti <a href="insert_image_button.htm">Vlo¾it obrázek</a>.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><img src="../../images/cleanup.gif" width="20" height="20"></td>
<td>Vyèistí kód/odstraní nechtìné formátování. Tato funkce se hodí kdy¾
kopírujete obsah napøíklad z kanceláøského balíku.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><img src="../../images/help.gif" width="20" height="20"></td>
<td>Zobrazí tuto nápovìdu.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><img src="../../images/code.gif" width="20" height="20"></td>
<td>Otevøe editor s HTML zdrojem. </td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><img src="../../images/table.gif" width="20" height="20"></td>
<td>Do aktuální pozice vlo¾í novou 2x2 tabulku.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><img src="../../images/table_insert_row_before.gif" width="20" height="20"></td>
<td>Pøidá øádek pøed aktuální. </td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><img src="../../images/table_insert_row_after.gif" width="20" height="20"></td>
<td>Pøidá øádek pod aktuální. </td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><img src="../../images/table_delete_row.gif" width="20" height="20"></td>
<td>Odstraní øádek. </td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><img src="../../images/table_insert_col_before.gif" width="20" height="20"></td>
<td>Pøidá sloupec pøed aktuální.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><img src="../../images/table_insert_col_after.gif" width="20" height="20"></td>
<td>Pøidá sloupec za aktuální.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><img src="../../images/table_delete_col.gif" width="20" height="20"></td>
<td>Odstraní aktuální sloupec.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><img src="../../images/hr.gif" width="20" height="20"></td>
<td>Pøidá nový vodorovný oddìlovaè.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><img src="../../images/removeformat.gif" width="20" height="20"></td>
<td>Odstraní z výbìru formátování. </td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><img src="../../images/sub.gif" width="20" height="20"></td>
<td>Vytvoøí z vybraného textu dolní index. </td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><img src="../../images/sup.gif" width="20" height="20"></td>
<td>Vytvoøí z vybraného textu horní index. </td>
</tr>
</table>
<br>
<hr noshade>
<table width="100%" border="0" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="3" class="pagefooter">
<tr>
<td>Jdi na: <a href="index.htm">Obsah</a></td>
<td align="right"><a href="#">Nahoru</a></td>
</tr>
</table>
</BODY>
</HTML>

BIN
www/extras/tinymce/jscripts/tiny_mce/themes/advanced/docs/cz/images/insert_image_window.png vendored
View file

Binary file not shown.
Side by side

Before

Width:  |  Height:  |  Size: 4.7 KiB

BIN
www/extras/tinymce/jscripts/tiny_mce/themes/advanced/docs/cz/images/insert_link_window.png vendored
View file

Binary file not shown.
Side by side

Before

Width:  |  Height:  |  Size: 3.7 KiB

BIN
www/extras/tinymce/jscripts/tiny_mce/themes/advanced/docs/cz/images/insert_table_window.png vendored
View file

Binary file not shown.
Side by side

Before

Width:  |  Height:  |  Size: 4.5 KiB

27
www/extras/tinymce/jscripts/tiny_mce/themes/advanced/docs/cz/index.htm vendored
View file

@ -1,27 +0,0 @@
<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN">
<HTML>
<HEAD>
<TITLE>Nápovìda</TITLE>
<meta http-equiv="content-type" content="text/html; charset=iso-8859-2">
<link href="style.css" rel="stylesheet" type="text/css">
</HEAD>
<BODY onload="window.focus();">
<table width="100%" border="0" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="3" class="pageheader">
<tr>
<td><span class="title">Obsah</span></td>
<td align="right">&nbsp;</td>
</tr>
</table>
<hr noshade>
<br>
Kliknutím na odkazy ní¾e zvolte po¾adovanou èást nápovìdy.
<ul class="toc_ul">
<li class="toc_li"><a href="about.htm">O TinyMCE</a></li>
<li class="toc_li"><a href="common_buttons.htm">Bì¾ná tlaèítka</a></li>
<li class="toc_li"><a href="insert_image_button.htm">Tlaèítko vlo¾it obrázek</a></li>
<li class="toc_li"><a href="insert_link_button.htm">Tlaèítko vlo¾it odkaz</a></li>
<li class="toc_li"><a href="insert_table_button.htm">Tlaèítko vlo¾it tabulku</a></li>
</ul>
<hr noshade>
</BODY>
</HTML>

67
www/extras/tinymce/jscripts/tiny_mce/themes/advanced/docs/cz/insert_image_button.htm vendored
View file

@ -1,67 +0,0 @@
<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN">
<HTML>
<HEAD>
<TITLE>Tlaèítko vlo¾it obrázek</TITLE>
<meta http-equiv="content-type" content="text/html; charset=iso-8859-2">
<link href="style.css" rel="stylesheet" type="text/css">
</HEAD>
<BODY>
<table width="100%" border="0" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="3" class="pageheader">
<tr>
<td><span class="title">Tlaèítko vlo¾it obrázek</span></td>
<td align="right"><a href="index.htm">Obsah</a></td>
</tr>
</table>
<hr noshade>
<br>
Tlaèítko vlo¾it obrázek otevøe následující okno.<br>
<br>
<img src="images/insert_image_window.png" width="348" height="290"><br>
<br>
Jen vlo¾te URL obrázku, který chcete pøidat a zadáte jeho popis, jen¾ bude
zobrazován jako alternativní popisek obrázku.<br>
<br>
<strong>Popis políèek:</strong><br>
<table border="1" cellspacing="0">
<tr>
<td width="150"><strong>URL obrázku</strong></td>
<td>URL/cesta k obrázku.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="150"><strong>Popis obrázku</strong></td>
<td>Alternativní popis toho, co je na obrázku.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>Rozmìry</strong></td>
<td>©íøka/vý¹ka obrázku. </td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>Zarovnání</strong></td>
<td>Zarovnání obrázku, vhodné pro obtékání obrázku textem.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>Rámeèek</strong></td>
<td>Tlou¹»ka rámeèku. </td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>Vertikální okraj</strong></td>
<td>Vertikální okraj, vhodné pro zalomení textu kolem obrázku.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>Horizontální okraj</strong></td>
<td>Horizontální okraj, vhodné pro zalomení textu kolem obrázku.</td>
</tr>
</table>
<br>
<hr noshade>
<table width="100%" border="0" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="3" class="pagefooter">
<tr>
<td>Jdi na: <a href="index.htm">Obsah</a></td>
<td align="right"><a href="#">Nahoru</a></td>
</tr>
</table>
<br>
</BODY>
</HTML>

35
www/extras/tinymce/jscripts/tiny_mce/themes/advanced/docs/cz/insert_link_button.htm vendored
View file

@ -1,35 +0,0 @@
<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN">
<HTML>
<HEAD>
<TITLE>Tlaèítko vlo¾it odkaz</TITLE>
<meta http-equiv="content-type" content="text/html; charset=iso-8859-2">
<link href="style.css" rel="stylesheet" type="text/css">
</HEAD>
<BODY>
<table width="100%" border="0" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="3" class="pageheader">
<tr>
<td><span class="title">Tlaèítko vlo¾it odkaz</span></td>
<td align="right"><a href="index.htm">Obsah</a></td>
</tr>
</table>
<hr noshade>
<br>
Toto tlaèítko otevøe nové okno s mo¾ností vlo¾ení/úpravy odkazu.<br>
<br>
<img src="images/insert_link_window.png" width="328" height="160"><br>
<br>
V tomto oknì jsou dvì políèka. &quot;URL odkazu&quot; je adresa stránky, na
kterou odkazujeme. &quot;Cíl&quot; urèuje, jak má být odkazovaná stránka otevøena.<br>
<br>
<hr noshade>
<table width="100%" border="0" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="3" class="pagefooter">
<tr>
<td>Jdi na: <a href="index.htm">Obsah</a></td>
<td align="right"><a href="#">Nahoru</a></td>
</tr>
</table>
<br>
</BODY>
</HTML>

69
www/extras/tinymce/jscripts/tiny_mce/themes/advanced/docs/cz/insert_table_button.htm vendored
View file

@ -1,69 +0,0 @@
<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN">
<HTML>
<HEAD>
<TITLE>Tlaèítko vlo¾it tabulku</TITLE>
<meta http-equiv="content-type" content="text/html; charset=iso-8859-2">
<link href="style.css" rel="stylesheet" type="text/css">
</HEAD>
<BODY>
<table width="100%" border="0" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="3" class="pageheader">
<tr>
<td><span class="title">Tlaèítko vlo¾it tabulku</span></td>
<td align="right"><a href="index.htm">Obsah</a></td>
</tr>
</table>
<hr noshade>
<br>
Tlaèítko vlo¾it tabulku otevøe následující okno, v nìm¾ mù¾ete definovat novou tabulku.<br>
<br>
<img src="images/insert_table_window.png" width="338" height="210"><br>
<br>
<strong>Popis políèek:</strong><br>
<table border="1" cellspacing="0">
<tr>
<td width="150"><strong>Sloupce</strong></td>
<td>Poèet sloupcù v tabulce.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="150"><strong>Øádky</strong></td>
<td>Poèet øádkù v tabulce.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>Vnitøní okraj bunìk</strong></td>
<td>Vnitøní okraj bunìk tabulky.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>Vnìj¹í okraj bunìk</strong></td>
<td>Vnitøní okraj bunìk tabulky.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>Zarovnání</strong></td>
<td>Zarovnání tabulky.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>Rámeèek</strong></td>
<td>Tlou¹»ka rámeèku tabulky.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>©íøka</strong></td>
<td>©íøka tabulky v pixelech.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>Vý¹ka</strong></td>
<td>Vý¹ka tabulky v pixelech.</td>
</tr>
</table>
<br>
<br>
<hr noshade>
<table width="100%" border="0" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="3" class="pagefooter">
<tr>
<td>Jdi na: <a href="index.htm">Obsah</a></td>
<td align="right"><a href="#">Nahoru</a></td>
</tr>
</table>
<br>
</BODY>
</HTML>

28
www/extras/tinymce/jscripts/tiny_mce/themes/advanced/docs/cz/style.css vendored
View file

@ -1,28 +0,0 @@
body { background-color: #FFFFFF; }
body, td, .content { font-family: Verdana, Arial, helvetica, sans-serif; font-size: 12px; }
.title { font-family: Verdana, Arial, helvetica, sans-serif; font-size: 16px; font-weight: bold; }
.subtitle { font-size: 12px; font-weight: bold; }
.toc_ul, .toc_li { margin-left: 8 px; line-height: 16px; }
.step_ol, .step_li { margin-left: 11 px; line-height: 16px; }
img { border: 0; }
a:visited { color: #666666; text-decoration: underline; }
a:active { color: #666666; text-decoration: underline; }
a:hover { color: #666666; text-decoration: underline; }
a { color: #666666; text-decoration: underline; }
.pageheader { border: #E0E0E0 solid 1px; }
.pagefooter { border: #E0E0E0 solid 1px; }
.sample { background-color: #FFFFFF; border: #000000 solid 1px; }
.samplecontent { font-size: 10px; }
.code { background-color: #FFFFFF; border: #000000 solid 1px; }
.codecontent { font-size: 10px; }
.codecontent a:visited { color: #666666; text-decoration: none; font-weight: bold }
.codecontent a:active { color: #666666; text-decoration: none; font-weight: bold }
.codecontent a:hover { color: #666666; text-decoration: none; font-weight: bold }
.codecontent a { color: #666666; text-decoration: none; font-weight: bold }
hr { height: 1px; }

32
www/extras/tinymce/jscripts/tiny_mce/themes/advanced/docs/de/about.htm vendored
View file

@ -1,32 +0,0 @@
<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN">
<HTML>
<HEAD>
<TITLE>&Uuml;ber TinyMCE</TITLE>
<link href="style.css" rel="stylesheet" type="text/css">
</HEAD>
<BODY>
<table width="100%" border="0" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="3" class="pageheader">
<tr>
<td><span class="title">&Uuml;ber TinyMCE</span></td>
<td align="right"><a href="index.htm">Inhalt</a></td>
</tr>
</table>
<hr noshade>
<br>
TinyMCE ist ein kompakter WYSIWYG-Editor f&uuml;r Webbrowser wie MSIE oder Mozilla
der es Ihnen erm&ouml;glicht HTML-Inhalte auf eine benutzerfreundliche Weise zu
editieren. Es verf&uuml;gt über die wichtigsten Funktionen die in den meisten
Textverarbeitungen vorkommen und sollte einfach zu benutzen sein.<br>
<br>
<hr noshade>
<table width="100%" border="0" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="3" class="pagefooter">
<tr>
<td>Gehe zu: <a href="index.htm">Inhaltsverzeichnis</a></td>
<td align="right"><a href="#">nach oben</a></td>
</tr>
</table>
<br>
</BODY>
</HTML>

108
www/extras/tinymce/jscripts/tiny_mce/themes/advanced/docs/de/common_buttons.htm vendored
View file

@ -1,108 +0,0 @@
<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN">
<HTML>
<HEAD>
<TITLE>Allgemeine Schaltfl&auml;chen</TITLE>
<link href="style.css" rel="stylesheet" type="text/css">
</HEAD>
<BODY>
<table width="100%" border="0" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="3" class="pageheader">
<tr>
<td><span class="title">Allgemeine Schaltfl&auml;chen</span></td>
<td align="right"><a href="index.htm">Inhalt</a></td>
</tr>
</table>
<hr noshade>
<br>
Untenstehend eine kurze Beschreibung jeder Schaltfl&auml;che.<br>
<br>
<table border="1" cellpadding="3" cellspacing="0">
<tr>
<td><img src="../../images/bold_de_se.gif" width="20" height="20"></td>
<td>Fetter Text.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><img src="../../images/italic_de_se.gif" width="20" height="20"></td>
<td>Kursiver Text.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><img src="../../images/underline.gif" width="20" height="20"></td>
<td>Unterstrichener Text.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><img src="../../images/strikethrough.gif" width="20" height="20"></td>
<td>Durchgestrichener Text.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><img src="../../images/left.gif" width="20" height="20"></td>
<td>Linksb&uuml;ndig.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><img src="../../images/center.gif" width="20" height="20"></td>
<td>Zentriert.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><img src="../../images/right.gif" width="20" height="20"></td>
<td>Rechtsb&uuml;ndig.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><img src="../../images/full.gif" width="20" height="20"></td>
<td>Blocksatz.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><img src="../../images/bullist.gif" width="20" height="20"></td>
<td>Unsortierte Liste / Punktierte Liste.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><img src="../../images/numlist.gif" width="20" height="20"></td>
<td>Sortierte Liste / Nummerierte Liste.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><img src="../../images/outdent.gif" width="20" height="20"></td>
<td>Einzug verkleinern.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><img src="../../images/indent.gif" width="20" height="20"></td>
<td>Einzug vergr&ouml;ssern.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><img src="../../images/undo.gif" width="20" height="20"></td>
<td>Letzte Aktion r&uuml;ckg&auml;ngig machen.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><img src="../../images/redo.gif" width="20" height="20"></td>
<td>Letzte Aktion wiederholen.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><img src="../../images/link.gif" width="20" height="20"></td>
<td>Einen neuen Hyperlink einf&uuml;gen, lesen Sie mehr &uuml;ber diese Funktion im Kapitel <a href="insert_link_button.htm">Hyperlink einf&uuml;gen</a>.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><img src="../../images/unlink.gif" width="20" height="20"></td>
<td>Den gegenw&auml;rtige markierten Hyperlink entfernen / Alle gegenw&auml;rtig markierten Hyperlinks entfernen.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><img src="../../images/image.gif" width="20" height="20"></td>
<td>Ein neues Bild einf&uuml;gen, lesen Sie mehr &uuml;ber diese Funktion im Kapitel <a href="insert_image_button.htm">Bild einf&uuml;gen</a>.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><img src="../../images/cleanup.gif" width="20" height="20"></td>
<td>unsauberen Code aufr&auml;umen / Entfernt ungewollte Formatierungen. Diese Funktion ist n&uuml;tzlich,
wenn Sie beispielsweise Inhalte aus einem Office Produkt kopieren.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><img src="../../images/help.gif" width="20" height="20"></td>
<td>Zeigt diese Hilfe an.</td>
</tr>
</table>
<br>
<hr noshade>
<table width="100%" border="0" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="3" class="pagefooter">
<tr>
<td>Gehe zu: <a href="index.htm">Inhaltsverzeichnis</a></td>
<td align="right"><a href="#">nach oben</a></td>
</tr>
</table>
</BODY>
</HTML>

BIN
www/extras/tinymce/jscripts/tiny_mce/themes/advanced/docs/de/images/insert_image_window.gif vendored
View file

Binary file not shown.
Side by side

Before

Width:  |  Height:  |  Size: 4.7 KiB

BIN
www/extras/tinymce/jscripts/tiny_mce/themes/advanced/docs/de/images/insert_link_window.gif vendored
View file

Binary file not shown.
Side by side

Before

Width:  |  Height:  |  Size: 5 KiB

25
www/extras/tinymce/jscripts/tiny_mce/themes/advanced/docs/de/index.htm vendored
View file

@ -1,25 +0,0 @@
<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN">
<HTML>
<HEAD>
<TITLE>Inhaltsverzeichnis der Hilfe</TITLE>
<link href="style.css" rel="stylesheet" type="text/css">
</HEAD>
<BODY onload="window.focus();">
<table width="100%" border="0" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="3" class="pageheader">
<tr>
<td><span class="title">Inhaltsverzeichnis</span></td>
<td align="right">&nbsp;</td>
</tr>
</table>
<hr noshade>
<br>
Klicken Sie auf die untenstehenden Links um die verschiedenen Bereiche der Hilfe zu betrachten.
<ul class="toc_ul">
<li class="toc_li"><a href="about.htm">&Uuml;ber TinyMCE</a></li>
<li class="toc_li"><a href="common_buttons.htm">Allgemeine Schaltfl&auml;chen</a></li>
<li class="toc_li"><a href="insert_image_button.htm">Schaltfl&auml;che Bild einf&uuml;gen</a></li>
<li class="toc_li"><a href="insert_link_button.htm">Schaltfl&auml;che Hyperlink einf&uuml;gen</a></li>
</ul>
<hr noshade>
</BODY>
</HTML>

34
www/extras/tinymce/jscripts/tiny_mce/themes/advanced/docs/de/insert_image_button.htm vendored
View file

@ -1,34 +0,0 @@
<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN">
<HTML>
<HEAD>
<TITLE>Schaltfl&auml;che Bild einf&uuml;gen</TITLE>
<link href="style.css" rel="stylesheet" type="text/css">
</HEAD>
<BODY>
<table width="100%" border="0" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="3" class="pageheader">
<tr>
<td><span class="title">Schaltfl&auml;che Bild einf&uuml;gen</span></td>
<td align="right"><a href="index.htm">Inhalt</a></td>
</tr>
</table>
<hr noshade>
<br>
Die Schaltfl&auml;che &quot;Bild einf&uuml;gen&quot; &ouml;ffnet das unten gezeigte Fenster.<br>
<br>
<img src="images/insert_image_window.gif" width="350" height="166"><br>
<br>
Sie geben einfach die URL zu dem Bild ein, das Sie verknüpfen möchten und eine
Beschreibung des Bildes, welche dann als alternative Textbeschreibung verwendet wird.
<br>
<hr noshade>
<table width="100%" border="0" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="3" class="pagefooter">
<tr>
<td>Gehe zu: <a href="index.htm">Inhaltsverzeichnis</a></td>
<td align="right"><a href="#">nach oben</a></td>
</tr>
</table>
<br>
</BODY>
</HTML>

35
www/extras/tinymce/jscripts/tiny_mce/themes/advanced/docs/de/insert_link_button.htm vendored
View file

@ -1,35 +0,0 @@
<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN">
<HTML>
<HEAD>
<TITLE>Schaltfl&auml;che Hyperlink einf&uuml;gen</TITLE>
<link href="style.css" rel="stylesheet" type="text/css">
</HEAD>
<BODY>
<table width="100%" border="0" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="3" class="pageheader">
<tr>
<td><span class="title">Schaltfl&auml;che Hyperlink einf&uuml;gen</span></td>
<td align="right"><a href="index.htm">Inhalt</a></td>
</tr>
</table>
<hr noshade>
<br>
Diese Schaltfl&auml;che &ouml;ffnet das Fenster f&uuml;r die &quot;Hyperlink einf&uuml;gen / bearbeiten&quot;-Funktion.<br>
<br>
<img src="images/insert_link_window.gif" width="330" height="166"><br>
<br>
Zwei Felder sind in diesem Fenster auszufüllen. Das Erste, &quot;Hyperlink URL&quot;, ist f&uuml;r
die URL der Verknüpfung. Das &quot;Ziel&quot; erlaubt Ihnen auszuwählen wie die Verkn&uuml;pfung
ge&ouml;ffnet werden soll.
<br>
<hr noshade>
<table width="100%" border="0" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="3" class="pagefooter">
<tr>
<td>Gehe zu: <a href="index.htm">Inhaltsverzeichnis</a></td>
<td align="right"><a href="#">nach oben</a></td>
</tr>
</table>
<br>
</BODY>
</HTML>

28
www/extras/tinymce/jscripts/tiny_mce/themes/advanced/docs/de/style.css vendored
View file

@ -1,28 +0,0 @@
body { background-color: #FFFFFF; }
body, td, .content { font-family: Verdana, Arial, helvetica, sans-serif; font-size: 12px; }
.title { font-family: Verdana, Arial, helvetica, sans-serif; font-size: 16px; font-weight: bold; }
.subtitle { font-size: 12px; font-weight: bold; }
.toc_ul, .toc_li { margin-left: 8 px; line-height: 16px; }
.step_ol, .step_li { margin-left: 11 px; line-height: 16px; }
img { border: #000000 solid 1px; }
a:visited { color: #666666; text-decoration: underline; }
a:active { color: #666666; text-decoration: underline; }
a:hover { color: #666666; text-decoration: underline; }
a { color: #666666; text-decoration: underline; }
.pageheader { border: #E0E0E0 solid 1px; }
.pagefooter { border: #E0E0E0 solid 1px; }
.sample { background-color: #FFFFFF; border: #000000 solid 1px; }
.samplecontent { font-size: 10px; }
.code { background-color: #FFFFFF; border: #000000 solid 1px; }
.codecontent { font-size: 10px; }
.codecontent a:visited { color: #666666; text-decoration: none; font-weight: bold }
.codecontent a:active { color: #666666; text-decoration: none; font-weight: bold }
.codecontent a:hover { color: #666666; text-decoration: none; font-weight: bold }
.codecontent a { color: #666666; text-decoration: none; font-weight: bold }
hr { height: 1px; }

29
www/extras/tinymce/jscripts/tiny_mce/themes/advanced/docs/es/about.htm vendored
View file

@ -1,29 +0,0 @@
<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN">
<HTML>
<HEAD>
<TITLE>Acerca de TinyMCE</TITLE>
<link href="style.css" rel="stylesheet" type="text/css">
</HEAD>
<BODY>
<table width="100%" border="0" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="3" class="pageheader">
<tr>
<td><span class="title">Acerca de TinyMCE</span></td>
<td align="right"><a href="index.htm">TOC</a></td>
</tr>
</table>
<hr noshade>
<br>
TinyMCE es un editor WYSIWYG para navegadores como MSIE o Mozilla que te permite editar el contenido HTML de una manera m&aacute;s amigable. Tiene la mayor&iacute;a de las opciones de un procesador de texto y no deber&iacute;a ser dificil de usar.<br>
<br>
<hr noshade>
<table width="100%" border="0" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="3" class="pagefooter">
<tr>
<td>Ir a: <a href="index.htm">Lista de contenidos</a></td>
<td align="right"><a href="#">Top</a></td>
</tr>
</table>
<br>
</BODY>
</HTML>

156
www/extras/tinymce/jscripts/tiny_mce/themes/advanced/docs/es/common_buttons.htm vendored
View file

@ -1,156 +0,0 @@
<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN">
<HTML>
<HEAD>
<TITLE>Botones de uso com&uacute;n</TITLE>
<link href="style.css" rel="stylesheet" type="text/css">
</HEAD>
<BODY>
<table width="100%" border="0" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="3" class="pageheader">
<tr>
<td><span class="title">Botones de uso com&uacute;n</span></td>
<td align="right"><a href="index.htm">TOC</a></td>
</tr>
</table>
<hr noshade>
<br>
Peque&ntilde;a descripci&oacute;n de cada boto&oacute;n.<img src="../../images/spacer.gif" width="1" height="1">
<br>
<br>
<table border="1" cellpadding="3" cellspacing="0">
<tr>
<td><img src="../../images/bold.gif" width="20" height="20"></td>
<td>Texto en negrita.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><img src="../../images/italic.gif" width="20" height="20"></td>
<td>Texto en cursiva.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><img src="../../images/underline.gif" width="20" height="20"></td>
<td>Texto subrayado.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><img src="../../images/strikethrough.gif" width="20" height="20"></td>
<td>Texto tachado.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><img src="../../images/left.gif" width="20" height="20"></td>
<td>Alinear a la izquierda.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><img src="../../images/center.gif" width="20" height="20"></td>
<td>Alinear al centro.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><img src="../../images/right.gif" width="20" height="20"></td>
<td>Alinear a la derecha.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><img src="../../images/full.gif" width="20" height="20"></td>
<td>Alinear justificado.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><img src="../../images/bullist.gif" width="20" height="20"></td>
<td>Lista desordenada/lista por puntos.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><img src="../../images/numlist.gif" width="20" height="20"></td>
<td>Lista ordenada/lista numerada</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><img src="../../images/outdent.gif" width="20" height="20"></td>
<td>Disminuir la sangr&iacute;a.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><img src="../../images/indent.gif" width="20" height="20"></td>
<td>Aumentar la sangr&iacute;a.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><img src="../../images/undo.gif" width="20" height="20"></td>
<td>Deshacer la &uacute;ltima operaci&oacute;n.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><img src="../../images/redo.gif" width="20" height="20"></td>
<td>Rehacer la &uacute;ltima operaci&oacute;n.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><img src="../../images/link.gif" width="20" height="20"></td>
<td>Insertar un enlace, m&aacute;s informaci&oacute;n en <a href="insert_link_button.htm">insertar enlace</a>.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><img src="../../images/unlink.gif" width="20" height="20"></td>
<td>Quita el enlace al texto seleccionado.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><img src="../../images/image.gif" width="20" height="20"></td>
<td>Insertar un imagen, m&aacute;s informaci&oacute;n en <a href="insert_image_button.htm">insertar imagen</a>.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><img src="../../images/cleanup.gif" width="20" height="20"></td>
<td>Limpiar c&oacute;digo, esta funci&oacute;n es &uacute;til cuando copias el c&oacute;digo de otra p&aacute;gina.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><img src="../../images/help.gif" width="20" height="20"></td>
<td>Muestra esta ventana de ayuda.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><img src="../../images/code.gif" width="20" height="20"></td>
<td>Abre el editor de HTML. </td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><img src="../images/table.gif" width="20" height="20"></td>
<td>Inserta una nueva tabla de 2x2. </td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><img src="../images/table_insert_row_before.gif" width="20" height="20"></td>
<td>A&ntilde;ade una fila encima. </td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><img src="../images/table_insert_row_after.gif" width="20" height="20"></td>
<td>A&ntilde;ade una fila debajo. </td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><img src="../images/table_delete_row.gif" width="20" height="20"></td>
<td>Elimina una fila. </td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><img src="../images/table_insert_col_before.gif" width="20" height="20"></td>
<td>A&ntilde;ade una columna antes de la actual .</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><img src="../images/table_insert_col_after.gif" width="20" height="20"></td>
<td>A&ntilde;ade una columna despu&eacute;s de la actual.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><img src="../images/table_delete_col.gif" width="20" height="20"></td>
<td>Elimina la columna actual.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><img src="../../images/hr.gif" width="20" height="20"></td>
<td>Inserta un separador horizontal </td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><img src="../../images/removeformat.gif" width="20" height="20"></td>
<td>Elimina el formato de la selecci&oacute;n. </td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><img src="../../images/sub.gif" width="20" height="20"></td>
<td>Sub&iacute;ndice. </td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><img src="../../images/sup.gif" width="20" height="20"></td>
<td>Super&iacute;ndice. </td>
</tr>
</table>
<br>
<hr noshade>
<table width="100%" border="0" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="3" class="pagefooter">
<tr>
<td>Ir a: <a href="index.htm">Lista de contenidos</a></td>
<td align="right"><a href="#">Top</a></td>
</tr>
</table>
</BODY>
</HTML>

BIN
www/extras/tinymce/jscripts/tiny_mce/themes/advanced/docs/es/images/insert_image_window.gif vendored
View file

Binary file not shown.
Side by side

Before

Width:  |  Height:  |  Size: 7 KiB

BIN
www/extras/tinymce/jscripts/tiny_mce/themes/advanced/docs/es/images/insert_link_window.gif vendored
View file

Binary file not shown.
Side by side

Before

Width:  |  Height:  |  Size: 5.5 KiB

BIN
www/extras/tinymce/jscripts/tiny_mce/themes/advanced/docs/es/images/insert_table_window.gif vendored
View file

Binary file not shown.
Side by side

Before

Width:  |  Height:  |  Size: 6.6 KiB

26
www/extras/tinymce/jscripts/tiny_mce/themes/advanced/docs/es/index.htm vendored
View file

@ -1,26 +0,0 @@
<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN">
<HTML>
<HEAD>
<TITLE>&Iacute;ndice de la ayuda</TITLE>
<link href="style.css" rel="stylesheet" type="text/css">
</HEAD>
<BODY onload="window.focus();">
<table width="100%" border="0" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="3" class="pageheader">
<tr>
<td><span class="title">Lista de contenidos</span></td>
<td align="right">&nbsp;</td>
</tr>
</table>
<hr noshade>
<br>
Selecciona una secci&oacute;n para ver la ayuda.
<ul class="toc_ul">
<li class="toc_li"><a href="about.htm">Acerca de TinyMCE</a></li>
<li class="toc_li"><a href="common_buttons.htm">Botones</a></li>
<li class="toc_li"><a href="insert_image_button.htm">Insertar imagen</a></li>
<li class="toc_li"><a href="insert_link_button.htm">Insertar enlaces</a></li>
<li class="toc_li"><a href="insert_table_button.htm">Insertar tabla</a></li>
</ul>
<hr noshade>
</BODY>
</HTML>

65
www/extras/tinymce/jscripts/tiny_mce/themes/advanced/docs/es/insert_image_button.htm vendored
View file

@ -1,65 +0,0 @@
<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN">
<HTML>
<HEAD>
<TITLE>Insertar imagen</TITLE>
<link href="style.css" rel="stylesheet" type="text/css">
</HEAD>
<BODY>
<table width="100%" border="0" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="3" class="pageheader">
<tr>
<td><span class="title">Insertar imagen</span></td>
<td align="right"><a href="index.htm">TOC</a></td>
</tr>
</table>
<hr noshade>
<br>
El bot&oacute;n insertar imagen abre la siguiente ventana.<br>
<br>
<img src="images/insert_image_window.gif"><br>
<br>
Tu s&oacute;lo tienes que escribir la URL de la imagen que quieres que aparezca y escribir una descripci&oacute;n de esta, esta descripci&oacute;n aparecera como un texto alternativo que describa la imagen.<br>
<br>
<strong>Descripci&oacute;n de los campos:</strong><br>
<table border="1" cellspacing="0">
<tr>
<td width="150"><strong>Image URL </strong></td>
<td>URL de la imagen.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="150"><strong>Image description </strong></td>
<td>Descripci&oacute;n alternativa del contenido de la imagen.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>Dimentions</strong></td>
<td>Altura/anchura de la imagen. </td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>Alignment</strong></td>
<td>Alineamiento, &uacute;til cuando colocas texto alrededor de la imagen.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>Border</strong></td>
<td>Anchura del borde. </td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>VSpace</strong></td>
<td>Espacio vertical, &uacute;til cuando colocas texto alrededor de la imagen.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>HSpace</strong></td>
<td>Espacio horizontal, &uacute;til cuando colocas texto alrededor de la imagen.</td>
</tr>
</table>
<br>
<hr noshade>
<table width="100%" border="0" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="3" class="pagefooter">
<tr>
<td>Ir a: <a href="index.htm">Lista de contenidos</a></td>
<td align="right"><a href="#">Top</a></td>
</tr>
</table>
<br>
</BODY>
</HTML>

33
www/extras/tinymce/jscripts/tiny_mce/themes/advanced/docs/es/insert_link_button.htm vendored
View file

@ -1,33 +0,0 @@
<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN">
<HTML>
<HEAD>
<TITLE>Insertar enlaces</TITLE>
<link href="style.css" rel="stylesheet" type="text/css">
</HEAD>
<BODY>
<table width="100%" border="0" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="3" class="pageheader">
<tr>
<td><span class="title">Insertar enlaces</span></td>
<td align="right"><a href="index.htm">TOC</a></td>
</tr>
</table>
<hr noshade>
<br>
Este bot&oacute;n abre una nueva ventana con la funci&oacute;n insertar/editar enlace.<br>
<br>
<img src="images/insert_link_window.gif" width="330" height="159"><br>
<br>
Hay dos campos en esta ventana, el primero &quot;Link URL&quot; es donde hay que escribir la direcci&oacute;n del enlace. El segundo &quot;Target&quot; indica c&oacute;mo se abrir&aacute; el enlace.<br>
<br>
<hr noshade>
<table width="100%" border="0" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="3" class="pagefooter">
<tr>
<td>Ir a: <a href="index.htm">Lista de contenidos</a></td>
<td align="right"><a href="#">Top</a></td>
</tr>
</table>
<br>
</BODY>
</HTML>

68
www/extras/tinymce/jscripts/tiny_mce/themes/advanced/docs/es/insert_table_button.htm vendored
View file

@ -1,68 +0,0 @@
<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN">
<HTML>
<HEAD>
<TITLE>Insertar tabla</TITLE>
<link href="style.css" rel="stylesheet" type="text/css">
</HEAD>
<BODY>
<table width="100%" border="0" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="3" class="pageheader">
<tr>
<td><span class="title">Insertar tabla</span></td>
<td align="right"><a href="index.htm">TOC</a></td>
</tr>
</table>
<hr noshade>
<br>
El bot&oacute;n insertar tabla abre la siguiente ventana. Esta acci&ocaute;n te permite crear tablas.<br>
<br>
<img src="images/insert_table_window.gif" width="340" height="209"><br>
<br>
<strong>Descripci&oacute;n de los campos:</strong><br>
<table border="1" cellspacing="0">
<tr>
<td width="150"><strong>Columns</strong></td>
<td>N&uacute;mero de columnas.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="150"><strong>Rows</strong></td>
<td>NA&uacute;mero de filas.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>Cellpadding</strong></td>
<td>Desplazamiento entre celdas . </td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>Cellspacing</strong></td>
<td>Espacio entre celdas .</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>Alignment</strong></td>
<td>Alineamiento de la tabla. </td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>Border</strong></td>
<td>Anchura del borde de la tabla.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>Width</strong></td>
<td>Anchura de la tabla en pixels .</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>Height</strong></td>
<td>Altura de la tabla en pixels.</td>
</tr>
</table>
<br>
<br>
<hr noshade>
<table width="100%" border="0" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="3" class="pagefooter">
<tr>
<td>Ir a: <a href="index.htm">Tabla de contenidos</a></td>
<td align="right"><a href="#">Top</a></td>
</tr>
</table>
<br>
</BODY>
</HTML>

28
www/extras/tinymce/jscripts/tiny_mce/themes/advanced/docs/es/style.css vendored
View file

@ -1,28 +0,0 @@
body { background-color: #FFFFFF; }
body, td, .content { font-family: Verdana, Arial, helvetica, sans-serif; font-size: 12px; }
.title { font-family: Verdana, Arial, helvetica, sans-serif; font-size: 16px; font-weight: bold; }
.subtitle { font-size: 12px; font-weight: bold; }
.toc_ul, .toc_li { margin-left: 8 px; line-height: 16px; }
.step_ol, .step_li { margin-left: 11 px; line-height: 16px; }
img { border: #000000 solid 1px; }
a:visited { color: #666666; text-decoration: underline; }
a:active { color: #666666; text-decoration: underline; }
a:hover { color: #666666; text-decoration: underline; }
a { color: #666666; text-decoration: underline; }
.pageheader { border: #E0E0E0 solid 1px; }
.pagefooter { border: #E0E0E0 solid 1px; }
.sample { background-color: #FFFFFF; border: #000000 solid 1px; }
.samplecontent { font-size: 10px; }
.code { background-color: #FFFFFF; border: #000000 solid 1px; }
.codecontent { font-size: 10px; }
.codecontent a:visited { color: #666666; text-decoration: none; font-weight: bold }
.codecontent a:active { color: #666666; text-decoration: none; font-weight: bold }
.codecontent a:hover { color: #666666; text-decoration: none; font-weight: bold }
.codecontent a { color: #666666; text-decoration: none; font-weight: bold }
hr { height: 1px; }

29
www/extras/tinymce/jscripts/tiny_mce/themes/advanced/docs/fi/about.htm vendored
View file

@ -1,29 +0,0 @@
<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN">
<HTML>
<HEAD>
<TITLE>About TinyMCE</TITLE>
<link href="style.css" rel="stylesheet" type="text/css">
</HEAD>
<BODY>
<table width="100%" border="0" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="3" class="pageheader">
<tr>
<td><span class="title">Lisätietoa TinyMCE:stä</span></td>
<td align="right"><a href="index.htm">Sisällysluettelo</a></td>
</tr>
</table>
<hr noshade>
<br>
TinyMCE on pieni WYSIWYG sisällönmuokkausohjain webbiselaimille kuten MSIE tai Mozilla joka mahdollistaa HTML sisällön muokkauksen käyttäjäystävällisellä tavalla. Se tarjoaa yleiset tekstinkäsittelyohjelmien tarjoamat toiminnot eikä ole vaikea käyttää.<br>
<br>
<hr noshade>
<table width="100%" border="0" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="3" class="pagefooter">
<tr>
<td>Mene: <a href="index.htm">Sisällysluetteloon</a></td>
<td align="right"><a href="#">Alkuun</a></td>
</tr>
</table>
<br>
</BODY>
</HTML>

157
www/extras/tinymce/jscripts/tiny_mce/themes/advanced/docs/fi/common_buttons.htm vendored
View file

@ -1,157 +0,0 @@
<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN">
<HTML>
<HEAD>
<TITLE>Common buttons</TITLE>
<link href="style.css" rel="stylesheet" type="text/css">
</HEAD>
<BODY>
<table width="100%" border="0" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="3" class="pageheader">
<tr>
<td><span class="title">Yleiset napit</span></td>
<td align="right"><a href="index.htm">Sisällysluettelo</a></td>
</tr>
</table>
<hr noshade>
<br>
Alla on lyhyt selostus kaikista toimintonapeista.<img src="../../images/spacer.gif" width="1" height="1">
<br>
<br>
<table border="1" cellpadding="3" cellspacing="0">
<tr>
<td><img src="../../images/bold.gif" width="20" height="20"></td>
<td>Lihavointi.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><img src="../../images/italic.gif" width="20" height="20"></td>
<td>Kursivointi.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><img src="../../images/underline.gif" width="20" height="20"></td>
<td>Alleviivaus.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><img src="../../images/strikethrough.gif" width="20" height="20"></td>
<td>Yliviivaus.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><img src="../../images/left.gif" width="20" height="20"></td>
<td>vasen tasaus.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><img src="../../images/center.gif" width="20" height="20"></td>
<td>Keskitys.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><img src="../../images/right.gif" width="20" height="20"></td>
<td>Oikea tasaus.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><img src="../../images/full.gif" width="20" height="20"></td>
<td>Pakotettu tasaus.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><img src="../../images/bullist.gif" width="20" height="20"></td>
<td>Järjestämätön lista.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><img src="../../images/numlist.gif" width="20" height="20"></td>
<td>Järjestetty lista/numeroitu lista</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><img src="../../images/outdent.gif" width="20" height="20"></td>
<td>Poista / vähennä sisennystä.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><img src="../../images/indent.gif" width="20" height="20"></td>
<td>Sisennä.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><img src="../../images/undo.gif" width="20" height="20"></td>
<td>Peruuta viimeinen muutos.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><img src="../../images/redo.gif" width="20" height="20"></td>
<td>Tee uudelleen viimeinen peruutettu muutos.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><img src="../../images/link.gif" width="20" height="20"></td>
<td>Lisää linkki. Lisätietoa tästä toiminnosta <a href="insert_link_button.htm">lisää linkki -osiosta</a>.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><img src="../../images/unlink.gif" width="20" height="20"></td>
<td>Poista linkki valitusta tekstistä.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><img src="../../images/image.gif" width="20" height="20"></td>
<td>Lisää kuva. Lue lisää tästä toiminnosta <a href="insert_image_button.htm"> lisää kuva -osiosta</a>.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><img src="../../images/cleanup.gif" width="20" height="20"></td>
<td>Siisti koodi. Tämä toiminto on käytännöllinen kun liität tekstiä toimistosovelluksista.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><img src="../../images/help.gif" width="20" height="20"></td>
<td>Näyttäää tämän apuikkunan.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><img src="../../images/code.gif" width="20" height="20"></td>
<td>Avaa HTML lähdekoodieditorin. </td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><img src="../images/table.gif" width="20" height="20"></td>
<td>Lisää tualu. Lue lisää tästä toiminnosta <a href="insert_table_button.htm"> lisää taulu -osiosta</a>. </td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><img src="../images/table_insert_row_before.gif" width="20" height="20"></td>
<td>Lisää rivi valitun rivin edelle. </td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><img src="../images/table_insert_row_after.gif" width="20" height="20"></td>
<td>Lisää rivi valitun rivin jälkeen. </td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><img src="../images/table_delete_row.gif" width="20" height="20"></td>
<td>Poista valittu rivi. </td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><img src="../images/table_insert_col_before.gif" width="20" height="20"></td>
<td>Lisää saraka valitun sarakkeen jälkeen.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><img src="../images/table_insert_col_after.gif" width="20" height="20"></td>
<td>Lisää sarake valitun sarakkeen edelle.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><img src="../images/table_delete_col.gif" width="20" height="20"></td>
<td>Poistaa valitun sarakkeen.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><img src="../../images/hr.gif" width="20" height="20"></td>
<td>Lisää vaakaviiva. </td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><img src="../../images/removeformat.gif" width="20" height="20"></td>
<td>Poista muotoilu valitusta tekstistä. </td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><img src="../../images/sub.gif" width="20" height="20"></td>
<td>Tekee valitusta tekstistä alamääreistä. </td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><img src="../../images/sup.gif" width="20" height="20"></td>
<td>Tekee valitusta tekstistä ylämääreistä. </td>
</tr>
</table>
<br>
<hr noshade>
<table width="100%" border="0" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="3" class="pagefooter">
<tr>
<td>Mene: <a href="index.htm">Sisällysluetteloon</a></td>
<td align="right"><a href="#">Alkuun</a></td>
</tr>
</table>
<br>
</BODY>
</HTML>

BIN
www/extras/tinymce/jscripts/tiny_mce/themes/advanced/docs/fi/images/insert_image_window.gif vendored
View file

Binary file not shown.
Side by side

Before

Width:  |  Height:  |  Size: 8.6 KiB

BIN
www/extras/tinymce/jscripts/tiny_mce/themes/advanced/docs/fi/images/insert_link_window.gif vendored
View file

Binary file not shown.
Side by side

Before

Width:  |  Height:  |  Size: 8 KiB

BIN
www/extras/tinymce/jscripts/tiny_mce/themes/advanced/docs/fi/images/insert_table_window.gif vendored
View file

Binary file not shown.
Side by side

Before

Width:  |  Height:  |  Size: 8.2 KiB

26
www/extras/tinymce/jscripts/tiny_mce/themes/advanced/docs/fi/index.htm vendored
View file

@ -1,26 +0,0 @@
<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN">
<HTML>
<HEAD>
<TITLE>Apua sisällysluettelo</TITLE>
<link href="style.css" rel="stylesheet" type="text/css">
</HEAD>
<BODY onload="window.focus();">
<table width="100%" border="0" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="3" class="pageheader">
<tr>
<td><span class="title">Sisällysluettelo</span></td>
<td align="right">&nbsp;</td>
</tr>
</table>
<hr noshade>
<br>
Napsauta alla olevista linkeistä mennäksesi eri osa-alueisiin.
<ul class="toc_ul">
<li class="toc_li"><a href="about.htm">Lisätietoa TinyMCE:stä</a></li>
<li class="toc_li"><a href="common_buttons.htm">Toimintonapit</a></li>
<li class="toc_li"><a href="insert_image_button.htm">Kuvan lisäysnapit</a></li>
<li class="toc_li"><a href="insert_link_button.htm">Linkin lisäysnapit</a></li>
<li class="toc_li"><a href="insert_table_button.htm">Taulun lisäysnapit</a></li>
</ul>
<hr noshade>
</BODY>
</HTML>

66
www/extras/tinymce/jscripts/tiny_mce/themes/advanced/docs/fi/insert_image_button.htm vendored
View file

@ -1,66 +0,0 @@
<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN">
<HTML>
<HEAD>
<TITLE>Insert image button</TITLE>
<link href="style.css" rel="stylesheet" type="text/css">
</HEAD>
<BODY>
<table width="100%" border="0" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="3" class="pageheader">
<tr>
<td><span class="title">Lisää linkki -nappi</span></td>
<td align="right"><a href="index.htm">TOC</a></td>
</tr>
</table>
<hr noshade>
<br>
Lisää linkki -nappi avaa alla näkyvän ikkunan.<br>
<br>
<img src="images/insert_image_window.gif"><br>
<br>
Kirjoita haluamasi kuvan URL osoite ja lisää kuvalle selite. Selite näytetään vaihtoehtoisena selitteenä sivulla.
<br>
<br>
<strong>Kenttien selitykset:</strong><br>
<table border="1" cellspacing="0">
<tr>
<td width="150"><strong>Kuvan URL</strong></td>
<td>Kuvan URL tai polku.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="150"><strong>Kuvan selite</strong></td>
<td>Vaihtoehtoinen selite kuvan sisällöstä.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>Ulottuvuudet</strong></td>
<td>Kuvan leveys ja korkeus. </td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>Asettelu</strong></td>
<td>Kuvan asettelu, käytännöllinen kun halutaan tekstin rivittyvän kuvan ympärille.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>Reuna</strong></td>
<td>Kuvaa ympäröivän reunan leveys. </td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>Pystyväli</strong></td>
<td>Pystyväli, käytännöllinen kun halutaan tekstin rivittyvän kuvan ympärille.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>Vaakaväli</strong></td>
<td>Vaakaväli, useful when wrapping text around images.</td>
</tr>
</table>
<br>
<hr noshade>
<table width="100%" border="0" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="3" class="pagefooter">
<tr>
<td>Mene: <a href="index.htm">Sisällysluetteloon</a></td>
<td align="right"><a href="#">Alkuun</a></td>
</tr>
</table>
<br>
</BODY>
</HTML>

36
www/extras/tinymce/jscripts/tiny_mce/themes/advanced/docs/fi/insert_link_button.htm vendored
View file

@ -1,36 +0,0 @@
<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN">
<HTML>
<HEAD>
<TITLE>Insert link button</TITLE>
<link href="style.css" rel="stylesheet" type="text/css">
</HEAD>
<BODY>
<table width="100%" border="0" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="3" class="pageheader">
<tr>
<td><span class="title">Lisää linkki</span></td>
<td align="right"><a href="index.htm">Sisällysluettelo</a></td>
</tr>
</table>
<hr noshade>
<br>
Tämä nappi avaa uuden ikkunan jossa on linkin lisäys- ja muokkaustoiminnallisuus.<br>
<br>
<img src="images/insert_link_window.gif" width="336" height="208"><br>
<br>
Tässä ikkunassa on kaksi kenttää. Ensimmäinen kenttä, &quot;Linkin URL&quot;, on linkin osoittama URL -osoite.
Toinen kenttä, &quot;kohde&quot;, vaikuttaa siihen miten linkki avataan.
The target enables you to select how the link is to be opened.<br>
<br>
<hr noshade>
<table width="100%" border="0" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="3" class="pagefooter">
<tr>
<td>Mene: <a href="index.htm">Sisällysluetteloon</a></td>
<td align="right"><a href="#">Alkuun</a></td>
</tr>
</table>
<br>
</BODY>
</HTML>

68
www/extras/tinymce/jscripts/tiny_mce/themes/advanced/docs/fi/insert_table_button.htm vendored
View file

@ -1,68 +0,0 @@
<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN">
<HTML>
<HEAD>
<TITLE>Insert table button</TITLE>
<link href="style.css" rel="stylesheet" type="text/css">
</HEAD>
<BODY>
<table width="100%" border="0" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="3" class="pageheader">
<tr>
<td><span class="title">Lisää taulu -nappi</span></td>
<td align="right"><a href="index.htm">Sisällysluettelo</a></td>
</tr>
</table>
<hr noshade>
<br>
Lisää taulu -nappi avaa alla näkyvän ikkunan. Tämä toimonto mahdollistaa taulujen luonnin.<br>
<br>
<img src="images/insert_table_window.gif" width="340" height="209"><br>
<br>
<strong>Kenttien selitteet:</strong><br>
<table border="1" cellspacing="0">
<tr>
<td width="150"><strong>Sarakkeet</strong></td>
<td>Taulussa olevien saraakkeiden määrä. </td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="150"><strong>Rivit</strong></td>
<td>Taulussa olevien rivien määrä.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>Solun reunan ja sisällön väli</strong></td>
<td>Taulun sisällä olevan solun reunan ja sisällön väli. </td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>Solujen väli</strong></td>
<td>Taulun sisällä olevien solujen väli.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>Asettelu</strong></td>
<td>Taulun asettelu. </td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>Reuna</strong></td>
<td>Reunan leveys.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>Leveys</strong></td>
<td>Taulun leveys pikseleinä.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>Korkeus</strong></td>
<td>Taulun korkeus pikseleinä.</td>
</tr>
</table>
<br>
<br>
<hr noshade>
<table width="100%" border="0" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="3" class="pagefooter">
<tr>
<td>Mene: <a href="index.htm">Sisällysluetteloon</a></td>
<td align="right"><a href="#">Alkuun</a></td>
</tr>
</table>
<br>
</BODY>
</HTML>

28
www/extras/tinymce/jscripts/tiny_mce/themes/advanced/docs/fi/style.css vendored
View file

@ -1,28 +0,0 @@
body { background-color: #FFFFFF; }
body, td, .content { font-family: Verdana, Arial, helvetica, sans-serif; font-size: 12px; }
.title { font-family: Verdana, Arial, helvetica, sans-serif; font-size: 16px; font-weight: bold; }
.subtitle { font-size: 12px; font-weight: bold; }
.toc_ul, .toc_li { margin-left: 8 px; line-height: 16px; }
.step_ol, .step_li { margin-left: 11 px; line-height: 16px; }
img { border: #000000 solid 1px; }
a:visited { color: #666666; text-decoration: underline; }
a:active { color: #666666; text-decoration: underline; }
a:hover { color: #666666; text-decoration: underline; }
a { color: #666666; text-decoration: underline; }
.pageheader { border: #E0E0E0 solid 1px; }
.pagefooter { border: #E0E0E0 solid 1px; }
.sample { background-color: #FFFFFF; border: #000000 solid 1px; }
.samplecontent { font-size: 10px; }
.code { background-color: #FFFFFF; border: #000000 solid 1px; }
.codecontent { font-size: 10px; }
.codecontent a:visited { color: #666666; text-decoration: none; font-weight: bold }
.codecontent a:active { color: #666666; text-decoration: none; font-weight: bold }
.codecontent a:hover { color: #666666; text-decoration: none; font-weight: bold }
.codecontent a { color: #666666; text-decoration: none; font-weight: bold }
hr { height: 1px; }

29
www/extras/tinymce/jscripts/tiny_mce/themes/advanced/docs/hu/about.htm vendored
View file

@ -1,29 +0,0 @@
<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN">
<HTML>
<HEAD>
<TITLE>&Uuml;ber TinyMCE</TITLE>
<link href="style.css" rel="stylesheet" type="text/css">
</HEAD>
<BODY>
<table width="100%" border="0" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="3" class="pageheader">
<tr>
<td><span class="title">A TinyMCE-r&#337;l</span></td>
<td align="right"><a href="index.htm">Tartalom</a></td>
</tr>
</table>
<hr noshade>
<br>
A TinyMCE egy kompakt WYSIWYG-szerkeszt&#337; az MSIE-hoz &eacute;s a Mozill&aacute;hoz hasonl&oacute; webb&ouml;ng&eacute;sz&#337;k sz&aacute;m&aacute;ra, mely lehet&#337;s&eacute;get ny&uacute;jt &ouml;nnek a HTML tartalmak egyszer&#369; szerkeszt&eacute;s&eacute;re. A legt&ouml;bb sz&ouml;vegszerkeszt&#337;ben el&eacute;rhet&#337; funkci&oacute;kat ny&uacute;jtja egyszer&#369;en kezelhet&#337; form&aacute;ban.<br>
<br>
<hr noshade>
<table width="100%" border="0" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="3" class="pagefooter">
<tr>
<td>Ugr&aacute;s a <a href="index.htm">Tartalomjegyz&eacute;kre</a></td>
<td align="right"><a href="#">ugr&aacute;s a lap tetej&eacute;re </a></td>
</tr>
</table>
<br>
</BODY>
</HTML>

107
www/extras/tinymce/jscripts/tiny_mce/themes/advanced/docs/hu/common_buttons.htm vendored
View file

@ -1,107 +0,0 @@
<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN">
<HTML>
<HEAD>
<TITLE>Allgemeine Schaltfl&auml;chen</TITLE>
<link href="style.css" rel="stylesheet" type="text/css">
</HEAD>
<BODY>
<table width="100%" border="0" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="3" class="pageheader">
<tr>
<td><span class="title">Allgemeine Schaltfl&auml;chen</span></td>
<td align="right"><a href="index.htm">Tartalom</a></td>
</tr>
</table>
<hr noshade>
<br>
Untenstehend eine kurze Beschreibung jeder Schaltfl&auml;che.<br>
<br>
<table border="1" cellpadding="3" cellspacing="0">
<tr>
<td><img src="../../images/bold.gif" width="20" height="20"></td>
<td>Félkövér szöveg.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><img src="../../images/italic.gif" width="20" height="20"></td>
<td>Dõlt szöveg .</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><img src="../../images/underline.gif" width="20" height="20"></td>
<td>Aláhúzott szöveg .</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><img src="../../images/strikethrough.gif" width="20" height="20"></td>
<td>Áthúzott szöveg .</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><img src="../../images/left.gif" width="20" height="20"></td>
<td>Balra igazítás .</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><img src="../../images/center.gif" width="20" height="20"></td>
<td>Középre igazítás .</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><img src="../../images/right.gif" width="20" height="20"></td>
<td>Jobbra igazíás .</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><img src="../../images/full.gif" width="20" height="20"></td>
<td>Sorkizárt.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><img src="../../images/bullist.gif" width="20" height="20"></td>
<td>Felsorolás / pontozott lista. </td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><img src="../../images/numlist.gif" width="20" height="20"></td>
<td>Felsorolás / számozott lista.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><img src="../../images/outdent.gif" width="20" height="20"></td>
<td>Behúzás balra .</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><img src="../../images/indent.gif" width="20" height="20"></td>
<td>behúzás jobbra .</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><img src="../../images/undo.gif" width="20" height="20"></td>
<td>Utolsó parancs visszavonása .</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><img src="../../images/redo.gif" width="20" height="20"></td>
<td>Utolsó parancs ismétlése .</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><img src="../../images/link.gif" width="20" height="20"></td>
<td>Új link beillesztése, bõvebb információért olvassa el a <a href="insert_link_button.htm">Link beillesztését</a>.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><img src="../../images/unlink.gif" width="20" height="20"></td>
<td>A kijelölt link eltávolítása / Az összes kijelölt link eltávolítása.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><img src="../../images/image.gif" width="20" height="20"></td>
<td>Egy új kép beillesztése, bõvebb információért olvassa el a <a href="insert_image_button.htm">Kép beillesztését </a>.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><img src="../../images/cleanup.gif" width="20" height="20"></td>
<td>Kód tisztítása / Eltávolítja a nemkívánt formázásokat. Ez a funkció akkor hasznos, ha például Office dokumentumból másol tartalmat.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><img src="../../images/help.gif" width="20" height="20"></td>
<td>Ennek a segítségnek az elérése.</td>
</tr>
</table>
<br>
<hr noshade>
<table width="100%" border="0" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="3" class="pagefooter">
<tr>
<td>Ugrás a <a href="index.htm">Tartalomjegyzékre</a></td>
<td align="right"><a href="#">ugrás a lap tetejére </a></td>
</tr>
</table>
</BODY>
</HTML>

BIN
www/extras/tinymce/jscripts/tiny_mce/themes/advanced/docs/hu/images/insert_image_window.gif vendored
View file

Binary file not shown.
Side by side

Before

Width:  |  Height:  |  Size: 5.4 KiB

BIN
www/extras/tinymce/jscripts/tiny_mce/themes/advanced/docs/hu/images/insert_link_window.gif vendored
View file

Binary file not shown.
Side by side

Before

Width:  |  Height:  |  Size: 5.6 KiB

25
www/extras/tinymce/jscripts/tiny_mce/themes/advanced/docs/hu/index.htm vendored
View file

@ -1,25 +0,0 @@
<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN">
<HTML>
<HEAD>
<TITLE>Inhaltsverzeichnis der Hilfe</TITLE>
<link href="style.css" rel="stylesheet" type="text/css">
</HEAD>
<BODY onload="window.focus();">
<table width="100%" border="0" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="3" class="pageheader">
<tr>
<td><span class="title">Tartalomjegyzék</span></td>
<td align="right">&nbsp;</td>
</tr>
</table>
<hr noshade>
<br>
Kattintson az alábbi linkekre a segítség különbözõ részeinek eléréséhez.
<ul class="toc_ul">
<li class="toc_li"><a href="about.htm">A TinyMCE-rõl</a></li>
<li class="toc_li"><a href="common_buttons.htm">Általános gombok </a></li>
<li class="toc_li"><a href="insert_image_button.htm">Kép beillesztése gomb </a></li>
<li class="toc_li"><a href="insert_link_button.htm">Link beillesztése gomb </a></li>
</ul>
<hr noshade>
</BODY>
</HTML>

33
www/extras/tinymce/jscripts/tiny_mce/themes/advanced/docs/hu/insert_image_button.htm vendored
View file

@ -1,33 +0,0 @@
<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN">
<HTML>
<HEAD>
<TITLE>Schaltfl&auml;che Bild einf&uuml;gen</TITLE>
<link href="style.css" rel="stylesheet" type="text/css">
</HEAD>
<BODY>
<table width="100%" border="0" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="3" class="pageheader">
<tr>
<td><span class="title">K&eacute;p beilleszt&eacute;se gomb </span></td>
<td align="right"><a href="index.htm">Tartalom</a></td>
</tr>
</table>
<hr noshade>
<br>
A K&eacute;p beilleszt&eacute;se gomb az al&aacute;bbi ablakot nyitja meg.
<br>
<br>
<img src="images/insert_image_window.gif" width="350" height="166"><br>
<br>
Egyszer&#369;en meg kell adni a beilleszteni k&iacute;v&aacute;nt k&eacute;p el&eacute;r&eacute;s&eacute;nek URL-j&eacute;t, valamint egy r&ouml;vd le&iacute;r&aacute;st, mely alternat&iacute;v sz&ouml;vegk&eacute;nt ker&uuml;l megjelen&iacute;t&eacute;sre (pl. nem grafikus b&ouml;ng&eacute;sz&#337;kben).<br>
<hr noshade>
<table width="100%" border="0" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="3" class="pagefooter">
<tr>
<td>Ugr&aacute;s a <a href="index.htm">Tartalomjegyz&eacute;kre</a></td>
<td align="right"><a href="#">ugr&aacute;s a lap tetej&eacute;re </a></td>
</tr>
</table>
<br>
</BODY>
</HTML>

32
www/extras/tinymce/jscripts/tiny_mce/themes/advanced/docs/hu/insert_link_button.htm vendored
View file

@ -1,32 +0,0 @@
<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN">
<HTML>
<HEAD>
<TITLE>Schaltfl&auml;che Hyperlink einf&uuml;gen</TITLE>
<link href="style.css" rel="stylesheet" type="text/css">
</HEAD>
<BODY>
<table width="100%" border="0" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="3" class="pageheader">
<tr>
<td><span class="title">Link beilleszt&eacute;se gomb </span></td>
<td align="right"><a href="index.htm">Tartalom</a></td>
</tr>
</table>
<hr noshade>
<br>
A Link beilleszt&eacute;se gomb az al&aacute;bbi ablakot nyitja meg.<br>
<br>
<img src="images/insert_link_window.gif" width="330" height="166"><br>
<br>
K&eacute;t mez&#337;t kell kit&ouml;ltenie ebben az ablakban. Az els&#337; - &quot;Link URL&quot; - a hivatkoz&aacute;s URL-je. A m&aacute;sodik lehet&#337;s&eacute;get ad &Ouml;nnek a hivatkozt&aacute;s megjelen&iacute;t&eacute;s&eacute;nek kiv&aacute;laszt&aacute;s&aacute;hoz.<br>
<hr noshade>
<table width="100%" border="0" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="3" class="pagefooter">
<tr>
<td>Ugr&aacute;s a <a href="index.htm">Tartalomjegyz&eacute;kre</a></td>
<td align="right"><a href="#">ugr&aacute;s a lap tetej&eacute;re </a></td>
</tr>
</table>
<br>
</BODY>
</HTML>

28
www/extras/tinymce/jscripts/tiny_mce/themes/advanced/docs/hu/style.css vendored
View file

@ -1,28 +0,0 @@
body { background-color: #FFFFFF; }
body, td, .content { font-family: Verdana, Arial, helvetica, sans-serif; font-size: 12px; }
.title { font-family: Verdana, Arial, helvetica, sans-serif; font-size: 16px; font-weight: bold; }
.subtitle { font-size: 12px; font-weight: bold; }
.toc_ul, .toc_li { margin-left: 8 px; line-height: 16px; }
.step_ol, .step_li { margin-left: 11 px; line-height: 16px; }
img { border: #000000 solid 1px; }
a:visited { color: #666666; text-decoration: underline; }
a:active { color: #666666; text-decoration: underline; }
a:hover { color: #666666; text-decoration: underline; }
a { color: #666666; text-decoration: underline; }
.pageheader { border: #E0E0E0 solid 1px; }
.pagefooter { border: #E0E0E0 solid 1px; }
.sample { background-color: #FFFFFF; border: #000000 solid 1px; }
.samplecontent { font-size: 10px; }
.code { background-color: #FFFFFF; border: #000000 solid 1px; }
.codecontent { font-size: 10px; }
.codecontent a:visited { color: #666666; text-decoration: none; font-weight: bold }
.codecontent a:active { color: #666666; text-decoration: none; font-weight: bold }
.codecontent a:hover { color: #666666; text-decoration: none; font-weight: bold }
.codecontent a { color: #666666; text-decoration: none; font-weight: bold }
hr { height: 1px; }

38
www/extras/tinymce/jscripts/tiny_mce/themes/advanced/docs/it/about.htm vendored
View file

@ -1,38 +0,0 @@
<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN">
<html>
<head>
<title>Informazioni su TinyMCE</title>
<link href="style.css" rel="stylesheet" type="text/css">
</head>
<body>
<table class="pageheader" border="0" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="3"
width="100%">
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><span class="title">Informazioni su TinyMCE</span></td>
<td align="right"><a href="index.htm">TOC</a></td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<hr noshade="noshade">
<br>
TinyMCE &egrave; un piccolo WYSIWYG (What You See Is What You Get,
quello che vedi &egrave; quello che ottieni) editor per i web browser
come MSIE o Mozilla che permette di editare HTML in modo comodo. Ha le
funzionalit&agrave; comuni di molti word processor e non dovrebbe
essere difficile da usare.<br>
<br>
<hr noshade="noshade">
<table class="pagefooter" border="0" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="3"
width="100%">
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>Vai a: <a href="index.htm">Tavola dei contenuti</a></td>
<td align="right"><a href="#">Su</a></td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<br>
<br>
</body>
</html>

181
www/extras/tinymce/jscripts/tiny_mce/themes/advanced/docs/it/common_buttons.htm vendored
View file

@ -1,181 +0,0 @@
<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN">
<html>
<head>
<title>Pulsanti comuni</title>
<link href="style.css" rel="stylesheet" type="text/css">
</head>
<body>
<table class="pageheader" border="0" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="3"
width="100%">
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><span class="title">Pulsanti comuni<br>
</span></td>
<td align="right"><a href="index.htm">TOC</a></td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<hr noshade="noshade">
<br>
Di seguito una breve descrizione di ogni pulsante.<br>
<br>
<table border="1" cellpadding="3" cellspacing="0">
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><img src="../../images/bold.gif" height="20" width="20"></td>
<td>Testo <span style="font-weight: bold;">grassetto</span>.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><img src="../../images/italic.gif" height="20" width="20"></td>
<td>Testo <span style="font-style: italic;">corsivo</span>.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><img src="../../images/underline.gif" height="20" width="20"></td>
<td>Testo <span style="text-decoration: underline;">sottolineato</span>.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><img src="../../images/strikethrough.gif" height="20"
width="20"></td>
<td>Testo <span style="text-decoration: line-through;">barrato</span>.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><img src="../../images/left.gif" height="20" width="20"></td>
<td>Allinea a sinistra.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><img src="../../images/center.gif" height="20" width="20"></td>
<td>Allinea al centro.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><img src="../../images/right.gif" height="20" width="20"></td>
<td>Allinea a destra.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><img src="../../images/full.gif" height="20" width="20"></td>
<td>Giustifica.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><img src="../../images/bullist.gif" height="20" width="20"></td>
<td>Lista non ordinata.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><img src="../../images/numlist.gif" height="20" width="20"></td>
<td>Lista ordianta.<br>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><img src="../../images/outdent.gif" height="20" width="20"></td>
<td>Diminuisci l'indentazione.<br>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><img src="../../images/indent.gif" height="20" width="20"></td>
<td>Aumenta l'indentazione.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><img src="../../images/undo.gif" height="20" width="20"></td>
<td>Annulla l'ultima operazione.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><img src="../../images/redo.gif" height="20" width="20"></td>
<td>Ripeti l'ultima operazione.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><img src="../../images/link.gif" height="20" width="20"></td>
<td>Inserieci un nuovo collegamento, maggiori informazioni su
questa funzione nella <a href="insert_link_button.htm">Sezione
'Inserisci un collegamento'</a></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><img src="../../images/unlink.gif" height="20" width="20"></td>
<td>Rimuovi tutti i collegamenti selezionati<br>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><img src="../../images/anchor.gif" height="20" width="20"></td>
<td>Inserisci una nuova &agrave;ncora, maggiori informazioni su
questa funzione nella <a href="insert_anchor_button.htm">Sezione 'Inserisci un'&agrave;ncora'.</a></td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><img src="../../images/image.gif" height="20" width="20"></td>
<td>Inserieci una nuova immagine, maggiori informazioni su questa
funzione nella <a href="insert_image_button.htm">Sezione 'Inserisci
una immagine'</a>.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><img src="../../images/cleanup.gif" height="20" width="20"></td>
<td>Ripulisci il codice/rimuovi la formattazione non voluta.
Questa funzione &egrave; utile quando si copia per esempio da un
programma office<br>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><img src="../../images/help.gif" height="20" width="20"></td>
<td>Mostra questa guida<br>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><img src="../../images/code.gif" width="20" height="20"></td>
<td>Apre l'editor del sorgente HTML. </td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><img src="../images/table.gif" width="20" height="20"></td>
<td>Inserisce una nuova tabella 2x2 alla posizione corrente.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><img src="../images/table_insert_row_before.gif" width="20" height="20"></td>
<td>Aggiunge una riga sopra quella corrente.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><img src="../images/table_insert_row_after.gif" width="20" height="20"></td>
<td>Aggiunge una roga sotto quella corrente.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><img src="../images/table_delete_row.gif" width="20" height="20"></td>
<td>Rimuove la riga corrente. </td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><img src="../images/table_insert_col_before.gif" width="20" height="20"></td>
<td>Aggiunge una colonna prima di quella corrente.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><img src="../images/table_insert_col_after.gif" width="20" height="20"></td>
<td>Aggiunge una colonna dopo quella corrente.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><img src="../images/table_delete_col.gif" width="20" height="20"></td>
<td>Rimuove la colonna corrente.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><img src="../../images/hr.gif" width="20" height="20"></td>
<td>Inserisce una nuova riga orizzontale.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><img src="../../images/removeformat.gif" width="20" height="20"></td>
<td>Rimuove la formattazione dalla selezione. </td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><img src="../../images/sub.gif" width="20" height="20"></td>
<td>Formatta la selezione come pedice. </td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><img src="../../images/sup.gif" width="20" height="20"></td>
<td>Formatta la selezione come apice. </td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<br>
<hr noshade="noshade">
<table class="pagefooter" border="0" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="3"
width="100%">
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>Vai a: <a href="index.htm">Tavola dei contenuti</a></td>
<td align="right"><a href="#">Su</a></td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
</body>
</html>

BIN
www/extras/tinymce/jscripts/tiny_mce/themes/advanced/docs/it/images/insert_anchor_window.gif vendored
View file

Binary file not shown.
Side by side

Before

Width:  |  Height:  |  Size: 5.2 KiB

BIN
www/extras/tinymce/jscripts/tiny_mce/themes/advanced/docs/it/images/insert_image_window.gif vendored
View file

Binary file not shown.
Side by side

Before

Width:  |  Height:  |  Size: 7.1 KiB

BIN
www/extras/tinymce/jscripts/tiny_mce/themes/advanced/docs/it/images/insert_link_window.gif vendored
View file

Binary file not shown.
Side by side

Before

Width:  |  Height:  |  Size: 5.8 KiB

BIN
www/extras/tinymce/jscripts/tiny_mce/themes/advanced/docs/it/images/insert_table_window.gif vendored
View file

Binary file not shown.
Side by side

Before

Width:  |  Height:  |  Size: 7.2 KiB

31
www/extras/tinymce/jscripts/tiny_mce/themes/advanced/docs/it/index.htm vendored
View file

@ -1,31 +0,0 @@
<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN">
<html>
<head>
<title>Indice della guida</title>
<link href="style.css" rel="stylesheet" type="text/css">
</head>
<body onload="window.focus();">
<table class="pageheader" border="0" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="3"
width="100%">
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><span class="title">Tavola dei contenuti<br>
</span></td>
<td align="right">&nbsp;</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<hr noshade="noshade">
<br>
Seleziona un argomento:<br>
<ul class="toc_ul">
<li class="toc_li"><a href="about.htm">Informazioni su TinyMCE</a></li>
<li class="toc_li"><a href="common_buttons.htm">Pulsanti comuni</a></li>
<li class="toc_li"><a href="insert_image_button.htm">Pulsante 'Inserisci immagine'<br></a></li>
<li class="toc_li"><a href="insert_link_button.htm">Pulsante 'Inserisci collegamento'</a></li>
<li class="toc_li"><a href="insert_anchor_button.htm">Pulsante 'Inserisci &agrave;ncora'</a></li>
<li class="toc_li"><a href="insert_table_button.htm">Pulsante 'Inserisci tabella'</a></li>
</ul>
<hr noshade="noshade">
</body>
</html>

33
www/extras/tinymce/jscripts/tiny_mce/themes/advanced/docs/it/insert_anchor_button.htm vendored
View file

@ -1,33 +0,0 @@
<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN">
<HTML>
<HEAD>
<TITLE>Bottone 'Inserisci &agrave;ncora'</TITLE>
<link href="style.css" rel="stylesheet" type="text/css">
</HEAD>
<BODY>
<table width="100%" border="0" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="3" class="pageheader">
<tr>
<td><span class="title">Bottone 'Inserisci &agrave;ncora'</span></td>
<td align="right"><a href="index.htm">TOC</a></td>
</tr>
</table>
<hr noshade>
<br>
Questo bottone apre una nuova finestra che permette di aggiungere o modificare un'&agrave;ncora<br>
<br>
<img src="images/insert_anchor_window.gif" width="326" height="117"><br>
<br>
C'&egrave; un solo campo in questa finestra, dove devi inserire il nome del tuo punto di &agrave;ncoraggio. Ricorda che il nome dell' &agrave;ncora deve essere univoco. <br>
<br>
<hr noshade>
<table width="100%" border="0" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="3" class="pagefooter">
<tr>
<td>Vai a: <a href="index.htm">Tavola dei contenuti</a></td>
<td align="right"><a href="#">Top</a></td>
</tr>
</table>
<br>
</BODY>
</HTML>

67
www/extras/tinymce/jscripts/tiny_mce/themes/advanced/docs/it/insert_image_button.htm vendored
View file

@ -1,67 +0,0 @@
<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN">
<HTML>
<HEAD>
<TITLE>Pulsante 'Inserisci immagine'</TITLE>
<link href="style.css" rel="stylesheet" type="text/css">
</HEAD>
<BODY>
<table width="100%" border="0" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="3" class="pageheader">
<tr>
<td><span class="title">Pulsante 'Inserisci immagine'</span></td>
<td align="right"><a href="index.htm">TOC</a></td>
</tr>
</table>
<hr noshade>
<br>
Il pulsante 'inserisci immagine' apre la finestra mostrata qui sotto.<br>
<br>
<img src="images/insert_image_window.gif"><br>
<br>
Si inserisce semplicemente l'url dell'immagine che si vuole collegare e una descrizione di quell'immagine,
che sar&agrave; mostrato come testo alternativo dell'immagine sulla pagina.
<br>
<br>
<strong>Descrizione dei parametri:</strong><br>
<table border="1" cellspacing="0">
<tr>
<td width="150"><strong>URL immagine </strong></td>
<td>URL/indirizzo dell'immagine.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="150"><strong>Descrizione dell'immagine </strong></td>
<td>Descrizione alternativa del contenuto dell'immagine.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>Dimensioni</strong></td>
<td>Larghezza/Altezza dell'immagine. </td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>Allineamento</strong></td>
<td>Allineamento dell'immagine, utile quando si inserisce del testo attorno all'immagine.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>Bordo</strong></td>
<td>Spessore del bordo. </td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>Spazio verticale</strong></td>
<td>Spazio verticale, utile quando si inserisce del testo attorno all'immagine.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>Spazio orizzontale</strong></td>
<td>Spazio orizzontale, utile quando si inserisce del testo attorno all'immagine.</td>
</tr>
</table>
<br>
<hr noshade>
<table width="100%" border="0" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="3" class="pagefooter">
<tr>
<td>Vai a: <a href="index.htm">Tavola dei contenuti</a></td>
<td align="right"><a href="#">Su</a></td>
</tr>
</table>
<br>
</BODY>
</HTML>

42
www/extras/tinymce/jscripts/tiny_mce/themes/advanced/docs/it/insert_link_button.htm vendored
View file

@ -1,42 +0,0 @@
<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN">
<html>
<head>
<title>Pulsante 'Inserisci collegamento'</title>
<link href="style.css" rel="stylesheet" type="text/css">
</head>
<body>
<table class="pageheader" border="0" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="3"
width="100%">
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><span class="title">Pulsante 'Inserisci collegamento'<br>
</span></td>
<td align="right"><a href="index.htm">TOC</a></td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<hr noshade="noshade">
<br>
Questo pulsante apre una nuova finstra con le funzioni di
inserimento/modifica del collegamento.<br>
<br>
<img src="images/insert_link_window.gif" height="156" width="326"><br>
<br>
Ci sono due campi in questa finestra: il primo, "Link URL" &egrave;
l'indirizzo del collegamento. Il 'target' permette di selezionare come
il collegamento deve essere aperto.<br>
<br>
<hr noshade="noshade">
<table class="pagefooter" border="0" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="3"
width="100%">
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>Vai a: <a href="index.htm">Tavola dei contenuti</a></td>
<td align="right"><a href="#">Su</a></td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
<br>
<br>
</body>
</html>

72
www/extras/tinymce/jscripts/tiny_mce/themes/advanced/docs/it/insert_table_button.htm vendored
View file

@ -1,72 +0,0 @@
<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN">
<HTML>
<HEAD>
<TITLE>Pulsante 'Inserisci tabella'</TITLE>
<link href="style.css" rel="stylesheet" type="text/css">
</HEAD>
<BODY>
<table width="100%" border="0" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="3" class="pageheader">
<tr>
<td><span class="title">Pulsante 'Inserisci tabella'</span></td>
<td align="right"><a href="index.htm">TOC</a></td>
</tr>
</table>
<hr noshade>
<br>
Il pulsante 'Inserisci tabella' apre la finestra mostrata qui sotto. Questa azione permette di creare tabelle.<br>
<br>
<img src="images/insert_table_window.gif" width="346" height="225"><br>
<br>
<strong>Descrizione dei parametri:</strong><br>
<table border="1" cellspacing="0">
<tr>
<td width="150"><strong>Colonne</strong></td>
<td>Numero di colonne nella nuova tabella. </td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td width="150"><strong>Righe</strong></td>
<td>Numero di righe nella nuova tabella.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>Cellpadding</strong></td>
<td>Spazio tra il bordo di una cella e il suo contenuto. </td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>Cellspacing</strong></td>
<td>Spazio tra le celle della tabella.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>Allineamento</strong></td>
<td>Allineamento della tabella. </td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>Bordo</strong></td>
<td>Spessore del bordo della tabella.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>Larghezza</strong></td>
<td>Larghezza, in pixel, della tabella.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>Altezza</strong></td>
<td>Altezza, in pixel, della tabella.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><strong>Classe</strong></td>
<td>Stile o classe CSS della tabella.</td>
</tr>
</table>
<br>
<br>
<hr noshade>
<table width="100%" border="0" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="3" class="pagefooter">
<tr>
<td>Vai a: <a href="index.htm">Tavola dei contenuti</a></td>
<td align="right"><a href="#">Su</a></td>
</tr>
</table>
<br>
</BODY>
</HTML>

28
www/extras/tinymce/jscripts/tiny_mce/themes/advanced/docs/it/style.css vendored
View file

@ -1,28 +0,0 @@
body { background-color: #FFFFFF; }
body, td, .content { font-family: Verdana, Arial, helvetica, sans-serif; font-size: 12px; }
.title { font-family: Verdana, Arial, helvetica, sans-serif; font-size: 16px; font-weight: bold; }
.subtitle { font-size: 12px; font-weight: bold; }
.toc_ul, .toc_li { margin-left: 8 px; line-height: 16px; }
.step_ol, .step_li { margin-left: 11 px; line-height: 16px; }
img { border: #000000 solid 1px; }
a:visited { color: #666666; text-decoration: underline; }
a:active { color: #666666; text-decoration: underline; }
a:hover { color: #666666; text-decoration: underline; }
a { color: #666666; text-decoration: underline; }
.pageheader { border: #E0E0E0 solid 1px; }
.pagefooter { border: #E0E0E0 solid 1px; }
.sample { background-color: #FFFFFF; border: #000000 solid 1px; }
.samplecontent { font-size: 10px; }
.code { background-color: #FFFFFF; border: #000000 solid 1px; }
.codecontent { font-size: 10px; }
.codecontent a:visited { color: #666666; text-decoration: none; font-weight: bold }
.codecontent a:active { color: #666666; text-decoration: none; font-weight: bold }
.codecontent a:hover { color: #666666; text-decoration: none; font-weight: bold }
.codecontent a { color: #666666; text-decoration: none; font-weight: bold }
hr { height: 1px; }

32
www/extras/tinymce/jscripts/tiny_mce/themes/advanced/docs/nl/about.htm vendored
View file

@ -1,32 +0,0 @@
<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
<HTML>
<HEAD>
<TITLE>Over TinyMCE</TITLE>
<link href="style.css" rel="stylesheet" type="text/css">
</HEAD>
<BODY>
<table width="100%" border="0" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="3" class="pageheader">
<tr>
<td><span class="title">Over TinyMCE</span></td>
<td align="right"><a href="index.htm">Inhoudsopgave</a></td>
</tr>
</table>
<hr noshade>
<br>
TinyMCE is een kleine <i>What-You-See-Is-What-You-Get</i> (WYSIWYG)
editor voor teksten. De bediening vindt plaats in de web browser, zoals MSIE of Mozilla.
Het werken met deze editor is eenvoudig, omdat de bediening veel lijkt op het werken
met teksten in (office-)tekstverwerkers.
<br><br>
<hr noshade>
<table width="100%" border="0" cellpadding="1" cellspacing="3" class="pagefooter">
<tr>
<td>Ga naar: <a href="index.htm">Inhoudsopgave</a></td>
<td align="right"><a href="#">Naar boven</a></td>
</tr>
</table>
<br>
</BODY>
</HTML>

Some files were not shown because too many files have changed in this diff Show more